QuestõesSWAN13 08 21

QUESTÕES SWAN
Prof. Sérgio Gama

05/Março/2021:
1- Choose the wrong alternative:
A)I get often headaches.
B)Could you switch off the light?
C)My brother completely forgot my birthday.
D)What are you doing tomorrow?
E)However,not everybody agreed.
2- Choose the alternative which the adverb expresses an exact point:

A)We all though she sang very well.
B)He threw the ball almost over the house.
C)I'm terrible sorry about last night.
D)In the pub,I'll see you just before eight o'clock.
E)Everybody was extremely annoyed with Julian.
3- Choose the correct option:

A)The doctors must like people
B) The tiger is in danger of becoming extinct
C)It’s a very hot today
D)I haven’t got a money for the taxi. Can you lend some?
E)the life has been hard for him since he came to this country.
4-Mark the incorrect alternative:

A)You don’t be silly
B)Mary come here- everybody else stay where you are
C)It’s important that he try to study often
D)Get vaccinated as soon as you can
E)I suggest that he study
5- Select the expression (s) that has the preposition function:

A) Down the road, up my leg.
B) In his office, sit down.
C) She’s not up.
D) Go in, up.
E) Sir down, in.
6- Check the correct alternative:

A) He speaks well portuguese
B) I want always my book
C) I always have hope
D) I get often headaches
E) She speaks well english.
7-Mark the incorrect Alternative:

A) I am unable to understand what she wants.
B) Some people are able to walk on their hands.
C) I am able to see a ship.
D) He can’t be understood.
E) I might can to help you.
8- Mark (C) for correct or (I) for incorrect about the sentences below.
I - ( ) An old Political idea.
II - ( ) The educational latest reform
III - ( ) A wine green bottle
IV- ( ) A green leather dancing shoes
A) C - C - C - I
B) I - I - C - C
C) C - I - I - C
D) I - I - I - C
E) C - I - I - C
9- Mary and jhon had a long talk _ brexit

A)about
B)in
C)at
D)on
E)under
10-“ The water came up over our kness". Wich word can replace over?
A)about
B)above
C)by
D)in
E)around the.
11- Mark the opinion that completes the gap correctly.

A book for children __Africa and its peoples
A) on
B) about
C) to
D)in
E)from.
12-Mark the opinion that ACTUAL and ACTUALLY are being used wrongly.
A)Yes, the actually weight is 180 kilos.
B)I’ve got a new job. Actually, they’ve made me sales manager.
C)The books says she died aged 47, but her actual age was 43.
D)Actually, my name’s Andy.
E)It takes me an hour to drive to work, although the actual distance is only.
13- Mark the incorrert alternative:

A) She is too polite a person to refuse.
B) I couldn't afford that a big car.
C) I have as good a voice as you.
D) It was so warm day.
E) How good a pianist is he?
14- We've got little house_____the lake.

A) Above
B) over
C) in
D) about.
E) above/over
15- Mark the correct alterative:
A)why are you climbing across the wall?
B)he walked right over the desert
C)shall we drive through and see your mother?
D)we drove through several towns
E)i walked across the wood
16- Mark the option that completes the gap incorrectly.

_____, it's a good film
A)according to harry
B)in my opinion
C)according to me
D)according to ann
E)according to gama.
17- Mark the correct alternative about the relatives pronous:

A) Flávia told to me that the subway make noise, which also said she won't go to him.
B) A who also died in the accident was my neighbor.
C) My chinese friend contracted COVID, that passed It on to his whole family.
D) Whom the driver called to meet the passenger whopassed out, arrived quickly.
18- Mark the incorrect alternative about the quantifiers:

A) I Will catch my much cats
B) My classmate drinks a little of alcohol daily
C) So many people have already died due to human irresponsability
D) A little pain and the infant wants more.
19-Mark the incorrect alternative

A) You're being stupid.
B) I was being very careful.
C) I am happy just now.
D) I'm being happy just now.
E) I was depressed when you phoned.

A) I'm not often sick.
B) Don't be silly!
C) Don't be such a nuisance!
D) You're being stupid.
E) I don't often be sick.
08/Março/2021:
A)He laughed silly.
B)The explosion blew the cooker clean through the wall.
C)Let’s see who can do it quickest.
D)He looked at me real strange.
E)The door was wide open.

A)I’m sorry. I know I said I would help you, but I can’t after all.
B)I expected to fail the exam, but I passed after all.
C)Of course you’re tired. Afterall, you were up all night.
D)After the theater we had supper and went to a night club; After all we went home.
E)Let’s finish the cake. Somebody’s got to eat it, after all.

A)The two boys are alike in looks, but not in personality.
B)He’s alike his brother.
C)His two daughters are very much alike.
D)He’s got two very similar -looking daughters.
E)I’ll take all three shirts, please.
24- select the wrong alternative:

A) There’s Aura.
B) Usually i get up early.
C) Today i’m going to London.
D) There’s she
E) Here your bus comes
25- Select the alternative that adverbio focuses on the message:

A) Today, I'm going to London.
B) I’m going to London today.
C) Every week she has a new hairstyle.
D) In june we went to cornwall.
E) Soon everything will be different.
26- Mark the alternative that completes the gap:

You -----definitely----- been working too hard.
A) Have, have
B) Has, have
C) Has, x
D) x, x
E) Have, x
27- Choose the incorrect answer:

A)We’ve got a little house over the lake
B)Can you see the helicopter over the palace?
C)There is cloud over the south of England
D)He put on a coat over his pajamas
E)The water came up above our knees.
28-Choose the incorrect answer:

A)According to Harry, it’s a good film
B)The train gets in at 8:27, according to the timetable
C)According to Ann, her boyfriend is brilliant
D)According to me, Ann’s boyfriend is an idiot
E) I agreed to meet them here

A)He’s going out with a rich businesswoman
B)She looks rich
C)My elder sister is a pilot
D)It’s sheer madness
E)That fool is bloody
30- Mark the most correct alternative

A) I accepted to meet them here
B) I accept to play soccer tomorrow
C) I accept to eat now
D) I agreed to meet them here.
31- Choose the incorrect alternative:

A) I have as good a voice as you
B)How good a pianist is he?
C) they are too kind girls to refuse
D) She is too polite a person to refuse.
32- My new house isn't ___ finished.

A) All together
B) Altogether
C) Alltogether
D) Al together
33- Mark the incorrect Alternative:

A) sometimes i think i’d like to live somewhere else.
B) Usually i get up early.
C) i never get up late
D) always i get up late
E) Never ask her about the married
34- Mark the right sentence below:

A) He died for three years ago.
B) She died for three years ago
C) I meet that woman in scotland Three years before
D) I meet my husband five Year Before
E) He was ill for three years before he died.
35- Select the correct sentence below:

A) All the people stood up.
B) Everybody all made mistakes.
C) Everything is all yours.
D) She lost all.
E) Everyone all stood up.
36-Check the correct alternative regarding the use of among and between.
A)She was standing between alice and mary.
B)We need two mestres among the windows.
C)I'll be at the office between nine and eleven.
D)Your little is somewhere among all these papers.
E)They found an evelope full of money among all the rubbish.
37-Mark the alternative correct.

A) She cans swim very well.
B) Do you can swim?
C) I didn’t could understand her.
D) I can speak a little Arabic
E) You can talk?
38-Mark the alternative incorrect.

A) He’s much more older than.
B) The baby’s more attractive than.
C)my hands were as cold as ice.
D) she likes music, and so do I.
E) his eyes are just the same colour as mine.
39-Mark the alternative incorrect.

A)the general secretary of the United marionete has called for new peace talks.
B)its the only solution possible
C) the presidente elect is crazy
D) God Almighty!
E)send all the tickets available!
40- Mark the alternative incorrect:

A)dont be afraid
B) yes, im afraid
C) john’s an afraid man.
D) i’m afraid not
E) im not afraid to say what o think.
41- Mark the incorrect alternative

A) Eric is a doctor.
B) My father likes dogs.
C) Ann smiled.
D) Likes My father dogs
E) The train did not stop.

A) Have you seen Andrew?
B) Ann smiled.
C) Where was she going?
D) My father likes dogs
E) Mary did phone?

A) The train stopped not
B) Have you seen Andrew?
C) Where was she going?
D) Eric is a doctor.
E) Where was she going?
44- Which sentence is correct?

A)This is a nice big square wooden table
B)He was handsome young tall American man
C)I was very interesting in the lesson
D)His explanations make me very confusing
E)George always talks about the same thinks. He’s really bored.
45- Choose the words that best fill the blanks in sentences:
1)My_____(I) brother has just got married
2)She’s the_____(II) student in her year
3)Edinburgh_____(III) away than York
4)For_____ (iv) information, see page 6
A) I-OLDER, ELDEST, FURTHER, FARTHER
B) I-OLDER, ELDEST, FURTHET, FARTHER
C)I-ELDER, OLDEST, FARTHER, FURTHER
D)I-ELDER, ELDEST, FARTHER, FURTHER
E) I-ELDER, OLDEST, FURTHER, FARTHER
46- Mark the correct alternative:

A)She’s a my friend
B) This my friend is Alex
C) have you got any of sugar?
D)most of people agree with me
E)Most of Wales was without electricity last night.
09/Março/2021
47- Choose the correct alternative:
A)All of children can be difficult.
B)Tomorrow,all we can come.
C)All Americans don't like hamburgers.
D)She stayed here all the day.
E) I think that's them all.

A)In the kitchen, We do not permit people to smoke.
B)I wasn’t let to pay for the drinks.
C)There were nearly a thousand people there.
D)My aunt’s got a strange accent.She almost sounds foreign.
E)She’s almost hardly ever at home.

A) Where was she going?
B) Have you seen Andrew?
C) The train did not stop.
D) I like very much mushrooms
E) Ann smiled.
50- Mark the incorrect alternative:

A) She speaks English well
B) The train did not stop
C) I like mushrooms very much
D) I often get headaches
E) She speaks well English.

A) She danced happily into the room
B) She sang bad
C) I don’t remember him very good
D) She danced happy into the room
E) He is sad.
52- Which words only function as an adverb:

A) Deadly,likely,yearly
B) Ugly,Costly,lively
C) Really, very, extremely
D) Silly,terribly, early
E) Happily,weekly,lonely.

A) Three more of the missing climbers have been found
B) Could i have some more of that smoked fish?
C) I don't think any more of them want to come
D) i'd like some more of, please
E) There's just one more river to across.

A) If A is bigger than B, and B is bigger than C, then, A must be bigger than C.
B) I'm in love. ~you must be very happy.
C) Mary must have a problem - she keeps crying.
D) There's the doorbell. It must be Roger
E) It mustn't be the postman at the door. It's only seven o'clock.

A) My elder sister is a pilot
B) A live fish
C) A nice little house
D) A friend old
E) He's a mere child.

A) the baby's asleep
B) the ship's still afloat
C) Afraid he was
D) he's very well
E) you look ill.

A) Theses wifes are beautiful
B) The foxs attacked the sheep yesterday
C) The police are looking for a fair-haired man in his twenties
D)I have lost the board game data
E)My baggages have been lost.

A) The Mary lives in Switzerland
B)She’s doctor
C) He works at an university
D) There were a cats in every room
E) the united kingdom is a monarchy.
59- Which alternative is NOT correct?

A) i have as good voice as you.
B) she is too polite a person to refuse.
C) How good a pianist os he?
D) i like your so beautiful country.
E) Those girls are too kind to refuse.

A) The two boys are like in looks, but not in personality.
B) He’s like his brother.
C) His two daughters are very much like.
D) He’s got two very similar-looking alike daughters.
E) He’s alike his mom.
61- Mark the alternative incorrect.

A)The life is complicated.
B) My sister loves horses.
C) She’s a dentist.
D)I used my shoe as a hammer.
E) I’m looking forward to being a grandmother.
62- Mark the alternative that completes the gab correctly.

I have __cat
A) some
B) an
C) a
D) the
E) all.
63- Mark the sentence that has the incorrect article form:
A) A BA degree.
B) An US diplomat.
C) The RSPCA.
D) An EU country.
E) The USA.
64- Chose the wrong alternative

A) I can see a ship.
B) Some people can walk on their hands.
C) Can you knit?
D) I might can help you.
E) He can't be understood.
10/Março/2021:

A) Always look in the mirror before starting to drive.
B) Always I get up early
C) Never ask her about her marriage
D) I always get up early
E) I never get up early.

A) Put the butter in the fridge at once
B) Let's go to bed early
C) I worked yesterday hard
D) She sang beautifully in the town hall last night
E) I'm going to London today.

A)Julie spent all of the summer at home.
B)I’ve drunk the whole milk.
C)Julie spent the whole summer at home.
D)She’s eaten a whole loaf.
E)Whole Indian tribes were killed of.

A)The every plate was broken.
B)All of the lights were out.
C)I like all music.
D)She was here all day.
E)She was here every day.

A)We see her quite often
B)Put the butter in the fridge at once
C)I go there occasionally
D)I worked hard yesterday
E)Let’s go early to bed.

A)After I left the school, I went to America
B)I’ll telephone you after I arrive
C)I’ll telephone you after I will arrive
D)After he did military service, he went to university
E)I went to America after I left to the school
71- What is the informal form of the word "afraid"?

A) Fraid
B) Fraydely
C) Feary
D) Fray
E) Fear.
72- Select the wrong alternative:

A) I’m going to do my exams, and afterwards I'm going to study madicine
B) I'm goingo to do my exams, and after I'm going to study medicine
C) Shortly after, i began to feel ill
D) I traveled a few days after
E) Long after walking I stopped.
73- Mark the incorrect form from over:

A) The water came up over our knees.
B) We've got a little house over the lake.
C) There is a cloud over the South of England.
D) He put on a coat over his pyjamas.
E) Can you see the helicopter over the palace?
74- Mark the alternative that across can't be used.

A) His village is just across the border.
B) See if you can jump across the stream.
C) Why are you climbing across the wall?
D) He walked right across the desert.
E) It took them six hours to row across the lake.
75- About wanting to express unity, mark the incorrect alternative:

A) A grain of truth
B) A blade of grass
C) A block of ice
D) A drop of water
E) A much of chocolate.

A) She's the same age as me
B) His head's a funny shape
C) What shoe size are you?
D) Of what colour are her eyes?
E) He's just the right height to be a policeman.
77- Which sentence can be completed correctly with AT?

A) She is live __ Frankfurt.
B) His house is__ the way from Aberdeen to Dundee.
C) When did you arriver __ New Zeanland?
D) He is live __ Cambridge.
E) Turn right __ the next corner.
78- Check alternative where high is being used incorrectly.

A) How high are you?
B) Mount Elbrus is the high mountain of Europe.
C) The garden’s got very high walls.
D) That tree is about 30m high.
E) The clouds are very high.
79- She’s got two children: _ boy and __girl. __ boy’s fourteen and ___ girl’s eight:
A) The, the, a, a
B) a, a, the, the
C)a, the, the, a
D)an, an, the, an
E)a, a, a, a.
80-Choose the word that best fill the blank in sentence:

I_____ the papers on the table yesterday
A) LIE
B)LAY
C)LIED
D)LAID
E) LAYING.
81- Choose the WRONG alternative:

A) I need some new clothes.
B) Would you like some tea?
C) Do you mind if i put some music on?
D) She hasn’t got any manners.
E) i need a some new coat.
82- Mark the Correct answer:

A) Let’s go somewhere nice for dinner.
B) Are everything ready?
C) There’s no somebody on the door.
D) Everybody like her.
E) Did somebody telephone?
83- Mark the alternative where the adjective is used as a noun:

A) It's the only solution possible
B) A live fish
C) He wants a green dress
D) Bob is a calm teacher.
84- Choose the alternative where "present" refers to time:

A) The members present at the meeting were hungry
B) The present members are happy
C) Students present are smart
D) The members present are sad.
11/Março/2021:
A)All stood up.
B)All what I have is yours.
C)She lost all.
D)All is yours.
E)All that happened was that he went to sleep.

A)I've pretty nearly finished.
B)Jake is almost like a father to me.
C)I nearly wish I'd stayed at home.
D)He's been almost everywhere.
E)Jake is pratically like a father to me.

A)I’ll follow him wherever he goes
B)You can have anything I find
C)Phone me when you’ll have time
D)I’ll think of you when I’m lying on the beach next week
E)I knew she would arrive before long.
A)It’s snowing before long
B)Who’s cooking lunch?
C)I’m seeing Phil tonight
D)Our house is going to get new windows this winter
E)I can see that things are going to get better soon.
89- Correctly fill the gap:

How old is sam?
Sam ----- twenty-two -----
A) Have, years old
B) Has, years
C) Are, years old
D) Is, years old
E) Am, years.
90- Mark the wrong alternative.

A) She phoned a few minutes ago
B) I slept a few minutes ago
C) He was working outside tem minutes ago
D) I met her six weeks ago
E) She has phoned a few hours ago.

A) Jhon collects a stamps.
B) Our garden needs water.
C) Elephants can swim very well.
D) Annie is a doctor.
E) A friend of mine.

A) The elephants can swim very well.
B) Petrol is expensive.
C) Give It to the cat
D) My work.
E) Our garden needs water.

A) The life is complicated.
B) My sister loves the horses.
C) She's a dentist.
D) The my work.
E) A my friend of mine.
94- Mark the wrong alternative:

A) Two high metres
B) Ten years older
C) Two miles long
D) Six feet deep.
95 - Mark the wrong alternative:

A) There's nothing interesting to do this weekend
B) Did you do anything fun last holiday?
C) Have you read anything interesting lately?
D) Let's go quiet somewhere
96- Check the alternative that completes the sentence below correctly.
Hello, is Tom there?
No, I`m sorry, he`s not _.
A) There
B) Here
C) place
D) Hear
E) Near.

A) They knew him to be a dnagerous criminal.
B) I`ve never known it rain like this.
C) I know exactly what you mean.
D) I know to make Spanish omelettes.
E) He was known to be a dangerous criminal.
12/Março/2021
98- Select the wrong alternative.
A) All children can be difficult
B) All my friends like riding
C) All of my friends like reding
D) All of children can be difficult
E) She’s eaten all of the cake.

A) All that i have is yours
B) She lost all that she owned
C) All that happened was that he went to sleep
D) All is yours
E) All that crazy, is mine.

A) Public - publicly
B) Due - duly
C) Dry - Dryly
D) Real - realy
E) Due – duly.

A) Such people
B) such interesting ideas
C) Why did she make such a fuss about the date
D) A such decision
E) I'm glad your concert was such a success.

A)I know her since 1960
B)It always rain here in November
C)It snows in New York
D)I like this wine very much
E) we go to the theatre this evening.

A) the tank is counting about 7,000 liters at the moment
B) His train arrives at 11.46
C)I’m traveling a lot these days
D)So I go into the office, and I see this man
E)why don’t you take a day of tomorrow?

A) She is nearly my age.
B) What size are your shoes
C) She is the same height as her father.
D) I have nearty thirty
E) What size are your shoes?

A) it’s 37 kilos heavy.
B) She is the same height as her father.
C) She is nearly my age.
D) The room is ten metres long.
E) The room is ten metres long. What colour are his eyes.

A) The latest educational reform
B)A political old idea
C)A green wine bottle
D)leather dancing shoes
E) A great innovative idea.

A) A wonderful old house
B) Jhon's perfect new apartment
C) beautiful green mountains
D) That silly fat cat
E) A cool lovely drink.
108- Mark (C) for correct or (I) for incorrect about the sentences below.
I - ( ) Three quarters an hour.
II - ( ) Half an Hour.
III - ( ) Seven tenths of a mile.
IV- ( ) A Third of the students.
A) C - C - C - I
B) I - I - C - C
C) C - C - I - I
D) I - C - C - C
E) C - C - I – I.
109- Mark the incorrect sentence:
A) People seem to be very depressed nowadays.
B) Nowadays we think nothing of space travel.
C) I don’t like modern nowadays fashions.
D) Now the exams are over i can enjoy myself.
E) A third of the students are from abroad.

A)The only green thing was a alone pine tree.
B)She was all alone after her husband died.
C)I like to be alone for short periods.
D)But after a few days I start getting lonely.
E)I start getting lonesome after my mother died.
111-Choose the wrong alternative:

A)We work on Saturday as well.
B)It’s a nice house,but it’s very small.As well,its needs a lot of repairs.
C)Give me some bread as well,please.
D)I,too, have experienced despair.
E)She not only sings;she plays the piano very well.
112- Check alternative where use of "and" is less correct.

A) An angry and young man.
B) It’s a social and political problem.
C) She’s a musical and artistic genius.
D) Hot drinks and cold drinks
E) A yellow and black sport car.

A) She danced happily into the room.
B) She sang badly.
C) I don’t remember him very good
D) It’s terribly cold today.
E) This steak is very badly cooked.
114- Mark the wrong sentence:

A) Eletricity cables stretch over the Fields.
B) The water came up over our knees.
C) We’ve got a little house over the lake.
D) Can you see the helicopter over the palace?
E) He put on a coat over his pyjamas.

A) His village is just across the border.
B) We walked right the desert.
D) We drove across the desert.
E) We walked across the ice.
15/Março/2021:
A)I wrote the letters,Peter addressed them,George bought the stamps and Alice posted them.
B)I usually eat butter and bread.
C)My dreams are full of darkness,despair,death.
D)We drank,talked and danced.
E)Try and eat something.

A)Would you like more meat?
B)Where are the others photos?
C)These are too small.Have you got any others?
D)I’d prefer a completely different colour.
E)You look different with a beard.

A) Every child needs love
B) All child needs love
C) Every light was out
D) All the lights were out
E) All children need love.
119-Mark (C) for correct and (I) for incorrect:

A) () Julie spent all the summer at home
B) ( ) Julie spent whole the summer at home
C) ( ) My all life
D) ( ) All my life
E) ( ) My whole life.

A)Put the butter at once in the fridge
B)I worked hard yesterday
C)She sang beautifully in the town hall last night
D)I go there occasionally
E)Let’s go to bed early.
121-Choose the incorrect option:

A)I’ve been let down
B)She wouldn’t let me in
C)It is not allowed to smoke in the kitchen
D)Mary isn’t allowed out at night
E)She wouldn’t allow me in.

A) is broken
B) was told
C) Will help
D) was sent
E) was told.

A) You have to be over 18 to see this film.
B) The police said she was driving at over 110 mph.
C) You were above 100.000 people at the festival.
D) She´s well above average in intelligence.
E) The temperature is three degrees above zero.
124-Choose the incorrect answer.

A) An asleep baby.
B) A floating leaf.
C) You look ill.
D) A frightened man.
E) A healthy man.
125-Choose the incorrect alternative about the adjectives.

A) The present members.
B) We are looking for skilled in design people.
C) A diferent life drom this one.
D) A difficult problem tô solve.
E) After two days crossing the foothills, they reached the montain proper.
126-Mark the Correct answer:

A) I play always tennis on saturdays.
B) It looks certains like rain.
C) We wonnearly the match.
D) She would never have been promoted if she hadn’t changed jobs.
E) It is too late probably now.
127- Mark the Wrong alternative below

A) I have completely forgotten your name.
B) It was almost dark
C) It hardly matters.
D) Sally can practically read.
E) I will not completely have finished by next June.
128- I’ve ____ got any clean clothes.

A) hardly
B) harder
C) hard 
D) hardest
E) hardy.

A) The fire destroyed the house horribly
B)He works happily
C) he publically declared that he is gay
D)we wide opened our arms
E) she’s made good speeches lately.

A) A fat old white horse
B) A big grey woollen sweater
C) New italian boots
D) A small round leather black handbag
E) A little modern square brick house.
A) Five large eggs
B) The second big surprise
C) My two last jobs
D) The first three days
E) Your next three games.

A) A frightened man(He was afraid).
B) A sleeping baby(The baby’s asleep).
C) A healthy man(He’s very well).
D) A fit man(He’s very well).
E) A floating leaf(The ship’s still afloat).

A) A wine green bottle.
B) A leather dancing shoes.
C) The latest educational reform.
D) An old political idea.
E) A lovely cool drink.

A) Would you like some more other meat?
B) Could i have another pience of bread?
C) Those cakes are wonderful. Could i have another?
D) Would you like some more peas?
E) I`m staying for another few weeks.
135- Complete the sentence below.

I wasn`t interestend in ___ the lectures.
A) Any
B) Some
C) Any of
D) all
E) at.
16/Março/2021:
A) Ann looks like her mother, but she hasn’t got any blue eyes.
B) I wasn’t interested in any the lectures.
C) She hasn’t got any job.
D) She’s unhappy because she has got any friend.
E) I suddenly realized I’d come out without any money.

A) On the stand there were newspaper and magazines of any kind.
B) Every child can learn to swim.
C) Which newspaper would you like? -It doesn’t matter. Any one.
D) I don’t think any of us want to work tomorrow.
E) I can write with either hand.
A) We do not allow people to smoke in the kitchen
B) We do not permit people smoking in the kitchen
C) It is not allowed to smoke in the kitchen
D) Let me buy you a drink
E) Smiking is not permited in the kitchen.

A) Jake is almost like a father to me
B) There were nearly a thousand people there
C) I’ve nearly finished
D) I’ve pretty almost finished
E) I’ve almost finished.

Why am i leaving? I`m leaving __ i`m fed up!
A) because
B) as
C) since
D) for
E) when.

A) America`s economic problems.
B) The boss`s wife.
C) John`s the coat.
D) Lessons in how to play.
E) A sport on the sun.

A) His Village is Just across/over the border
B) See if you can jump on/over the stream
D) He Walker right across the desert
E) It took them six hours to row across the lake.

A) You bloody fool!
B) It's sheer madness
C) That child is mere
D) A Nice little house
E) An old friend.
144- Which option is incorrect?

A) I saw her running along the road
B) His office along the corridor
C) All along the journey
D) Right through the meal
E) Through the centuries.
145- Choose the words that correctly completes the sentences:

I - I don’t like him, _ i agree that he’s a good manager.
II - It is a bit late; _ i’d quite like to go out.
III - The police did not believe him, _.
A) But - But - However.
B) However - But - But.
C) But - But - But.
D) __ - But - However.
E) But - __ - But.
146- Wich alternative completes the sentence better?

He was tall, dark _ handsome.
A) Blond
B) Funny
C) And
D) Busy
E) Smart.
147- " The work was nice and easy"

Choose the alternative that has the same meaning as "Nice and":
A) Uncomfortable
B) Pleasantly
C) Boring
D) Heavy
E) Tedious.
148-Mark the correct alternative:

A) Brazil is the largest country of South America
B) The queen had dinner with the president Kennedy
C) I always listen to radio while I’m driving
D) He’s worked in radio and television all his life
E) She’s swum in the lake Michigan.
149- Choose the option that correctly completes the sentence below, respectively:
He has a (___) (___)(____)(_____)(____) sweater
A) big, grey, beautiful, modern, woolen
B) beautiful modern big, grey, woolen
C) grey, modern, woolen, big, beautiful
D) woolen, beautiful, big, modern, grey
E) beautiful, big, modern, grey, woolen.
150- Mark the incorrect ans:

A)Don’t hurry, there’s plenty of time
B)Life is complicated
C)He’s had a really difficult life
D)His hair is black
E)Have good time.

A) The boss looked at me angrily
B) I’m going to the station at three o’clock to look for Daniel
C) Could you look after the kids while I go shopping?
D) I spent ages looking for her before I found her
E) I must be losing weight.
152- Chose the wrong sentence:
A) Usually I get up early.
B) Never ask her about her marriage.
C) Always I get up Early.
D) Sometimes I think I’d like to live somewhere else.
E) Always look in mirror before starting to drive.
153- Chose the wrong alternative:

A) Here comes your bus.
B) There is she.
C) There comes it.
D) There goes our train.
E) There’s Alice.
17/Março/2021:
A) I saw her running along the road
B) His office is along the corridor
C) Along the centuries
D) All through the journey
E) Right through the meal.
155- Mark the wrong alternative.

A) She not only sings; She plays the piano as well
B) She not only sings; She also plays the piano
C) I’ts a nice house, but it’s very small. Also, it needs a lot of repairs.
D) She not only sings; She as well plays the piano
E) She not only sings; She plays the piano too.

A) You don’t look any older than your daughter.
B) I’m afraid the weather’s some better than yesterday.
C) I’d fall in love with you.
D) Was the film any good?
E) Let me know if your friends is interested.

A) She walked around the car and looked at the wheels.
B) I’m afraid a difficult has arose.
C) What time does the sun rise?
D) There were about fifty people there.
E) I didn’t go to any lectures last term.

A) I ’m not going to do any work today.
B) Could you do the shopping for me?
C) Has Ben made his homework?
D) Could you do the ironing first, and then do the windows if you’ve got time?
E) Then he did a very strange thing,
A) I've just done a cake.
B) It's time to do the accounts.
C) I'm going to watch some TV.
D) Let's make a plan.
E) My father and I once made a boat.

A) If the situation were not so tragic, one could laugh of it
B) I must congratulate you by your exam results
C) he doesn’t want to be dependent on his parents
D) Every year I am shocked with the huge amount of work they have to do
E) The book is divided in three parts.
161- Choose the option that correctly completes the sentence below, respectively:
If you laugh ___ him, he will certainly shout ___ you.
A) at, at
B) at, with
C) for, with
D) to, at
E) to, with.

A) The northern part of the country.
B) The north side of the house.
C) The south counties of the Britain.
D) The south coast.
E) Southern Africa.

A) Both of them can come tomorrow
B) She´s invited both of us
C) It was them both
D) She´s invited us both
E) Mary sends you both her love.
164- Which of the adjectives below does not need to be followed by a noun to have complete meaning?
A) poor little
B) The most important is to be happy
C) An interesting
D) Strong
E) He's collecting money for the blind.

I´m interested in ___ to cook
A) start
B) learning
C) finish
D) Stop
E) Understand.

A) Don’t ask me money.
B) Don’t ask me name.
C) Ask for the menu.
D) Ask the prince.
E) They’re asking £500 a month rent.

He works __ the market.
A) in
B) at
C) to
D) from
E) by

A) Once you know how to ride a bike you never forget it
B) I met her once
C) Once that you’ve passed your test I’ll let you drive my car
D) Once he had found somewhere to live he started looking for work
E) Once upon a time there was a beautiful princess

A) Let’s have another one
B) Which would you like?
C) Either will suit me
D) This blue looks the nicest
E) Green apples often taste better than red ones.
18/Março/2021:
A) A discussion arose about the best way to pay.
B) We walked round the old part of the town.
C) I’d like to travel about the world.
D) My hopes are rising.
E) Stop fooling about we’re late.

A) The elephants can’t swim very well.
B) Three quarters of pound.
C) Our needs a water.
D) He’s a my friend.
E) There’s a rat in the kitchen.
172- Fill in the gap below.

Anna isn’t here today. John isn’t here ___.
A) As well
B) Either
C) Too
D) Well
E) Also.
173- Select (C)for correct, and (I) for incorrect.
( ) My new house in’t altogether finished
( ) Althougether, she decided, marrige was a bit of a mistake
( ) That’s $4.00 althougether
( ) Come on, everybory sing. All tougether now...
( ) They all went to the cineme together.

A) With knife and fork
B) Arm in arm
C) The more she gets, the more she wants
D) Day after the day
E) inch by inch

A) Both the children are good at maths
B) All the three brothers were arrested
C) He's been away the all week
D) Lessons is how to play the guitar
E) I haven't seen her all day.

A) I believe you.
B) I like this wine very much
C) It usually snows in January
D) I’m believing you.
E) Water boils at 1000 Celsius.

A) I like this wine very much
B) I know her since 1960.
C) It usually snows in January
D) Water boils at 1000 Celsius
E) I believe you.
178- Mark the alternative that complete the sentence below.

He`s arriving__ the bus; let`S off again
A) on
B) at
C) from
D) in
E) by.

A) Can you speak Frensh?
B) You can stop work early today.
C) It can rain this afternoon.
D) Can i help you?
E) Could i have some more tea?

A) After completing this form, give it to the secretary
B) After playing soccer, you called me
C) I left after sleeping
D) Turn right after going up the street
E) I arrived after come on foot.

A) The two boys are alike in looks, but not in personality.
B) He's like his brother
C) Your two alike sisters
D) we're very much alike
E) They're so alike.
19/Março/2021:
182- Select (C)for correct, and (I) for incorrect.
( ) Butter and bread
( ) Young and pretty
( ) Kness and hands
( ) Thunder and lighyning
( ) White and black.

A) I tried and eat something
B) Try and eat something
C) I tried to eat something
D) Be sure and ask uncle Joe about his garden
E) We waited to see what would happen.
184- Which alternative is adverb?

A) Costly
B) lovely
C) silly
D) deadly
E) slowly.

A) She angrily tore up the letter
B) We have suddenly decide to sell the house
C) I slowly began to feel better again
D) I certainly will do
E) The driver has been seriously injured.

A) We all thought she sang very well.
B)Everybody was annoyed extremely with julian.
C)I’m terribly sorry about last night.
D) I’ll see you in the pub just before eight o’clock.
E) I’m really tired today.

A) When i was your age i was working.
B) The two boys are the same age.
C) When i was at your age i was working.
D) She´s the same age as me.
E) When you’re my age, you’ll understand.
22/Março/2021:
A)Life is complicated.
B)She arrived on the 8.15 train.
C)I used my shoe as a hammer.
D)My sister loves the horses.
E)Mary lives in Switzerland.

A) I’m going to the post office.
B) I’m looking forward to being a grandmother.
C) Is that the Mary’s car?
D) Books are expensive.
E) She’s a dentist.

A) He´s bought another car.
B) Would you like some more meat?
C) We need another three chairs.
D) I’m staying for another few weeks.
E) Would you like some other peas?
191- Select the correct alternative:

A) She’s unhappy because she has got any friends
B) Not any cigarette is harmless
C) She has got a job
D) She’s unhappy because she hasen’t got any friends
E) I need any razor blades

A) She has a new hairstyle every week.
B) I worked hard yesterday.
C) Let’s go Early to bed.
D) Put the butter in the fridge at once.
E) She sang beautifully in the town last night.

A) It certainly looks like rain.
B) We nearly won the match.
C) I play always tennis on Saturdays.
D) She has never written to me.
E) The train will probably be late.

A) It wasn't easy to go through the crowd
B) I go to work by car and Lucy goes by train
C) I got to the meeting at about eight o'clock
D) O don't know how we're going to get over the river
E) I went to a meeting in Bristol yesterday.

A) I get work by car and Bobby goes by train
B) I usually get there First
C) I went to a meeting in Bristol yesterday
D) I got to the meeting at about eight o'clock
E) Can you tell me How to get to the police station?

He _ thirty years old.
A) Has
B) Have
C) Had
D) Is
E) Were.

A) All the water
B) All my friends
C) Whole of London knew about her affairs
D) All that week
E) the whole story.
198- __ I was a child se lived in London.

A) As
B) while
C) when
D) A
E) Na.
199- Mark the incorrect question:

A) Turn rigth at the net corner.
B) Let's meet at the Club.
C) She lives in Frankfurt.
D) She works in a big insurance company.
E) Eat in the Steak house.

A) I`Ve just got a big new flat.
B) Get your big feef off my flowers.
C) She is a small woman, but she has very large feet.
D) Great clouds of smoke rose above the burning cathedral.
E) Do you think Napoleon was really a great man.

A) She`S eaten both the chops.
B) Both of these oranges are bad.
C) Both of them can come tomorrow.
D) The both children.
E) Mary sends both of you her love.

A) I began teaching when I was 24.
B) Damn! it’s starting to rain.
C) We will begin the meeting with a message from the present.
D) The car won’t begin.
E) I think we ought to start at six, while the roads are empty.
203- Complete the sentences with the right words:

I - I think the cat’s __ the bed.
II - The temperature is three degrees _ zero
III - The whole village is __ water
IV- She’s well __ average in intelligence
A) under - under - below - under
B) under - below - under - below
C) under - under - under - below
D) under - below - below - below
E) below - below - below - below.
204- Choose the incorrect answer

A) My girlfriend usually wins when we play poker
B) My girlfriend won me at poker the first time we played
C) I’m happy because of you
D) I finished early because I worked fast
E) We are late because it rained
205-Mark the incorrect answer:

A) I think I’ve seen this film before
B) I left the school four years ago
C) Have you ever been here before?
D) I want to get married one day. But before, I want to travel
E) When I went back to the town that I had left eight years before, everything was different.
23/Março/2021:
A)I haven’t got pen.
B) Annie is doctor.
C) You mustn’t go out without coat.
D) She’s afraid of the rats.
E) I would like to live in an old house.

A) I need information and advice.
B) You’ve made very good progress.
C) We’re having a terrible weather.
D) We met some nice French girls on holiday.
E) I’m working with children.

A) He appears to be very angry today.
B) It appears to be some kind of bomb.
C) He appears very angry today.
D) The boys on the bus appeared to be study.
E) It appears that we may be mistaken.
209- Fill in the gap below with the correct alternative:

-I’m fraid a difficulty has ___.
-Prices keep ___.
-A discussion ___ about the best way to pay.
-The sun has ___.
-We watched the balloon ___.
A) Rise, arise, arised, rising.
B) Arisen, rising, rise, rise.
C) Arisen, rising, arisen, rise.
D) Arisen, rise, arised, arise.
E) Rise, rising, arise, arised.

A) I have completely forgotten your name.
B) The house is partly ready.
C) I will completely have finished by next june.
D) Sally can pratically read.
E) It was almost dark.

A) I certainly do not agree.
B) I really don’t like her.
C) He does probably not know.
D) I probably won’t be there.
E) I will probably not be there.
212°Mark the incorrect alternative:

A) We need some fresh air. Let's go for a walk
B) Would you like to come for a drink this evening?
C) I'm going for a shower. Can you answer my phone If It rings?
D) Come for a ski with us or i am going for a read
E) Go for a bath.

A) You'd better turn that music down before you dad gets angry
B) It is seven o'clock. Id'better put the meat in the oven
C) Well, you'd better do It sono
D) You'd better help me
E) Could you help me?
214- Wich alternative completes the sentence better:

She stayed here ___
A) All the year
B) Tomorrow
C) Any days
D) All day
E) All the week.
A) Every child needs love
B) All players are here
C) Every light was out
D) All the lights were out
E) All Child needs love.
216- Mark the alternative incorrect:

A) Each new day is different.
B) I enjoy each moments
C) Each of us sees the wold differently.
D) I write to each of my children on a week.
E) Each of them has problems.

My father was in hospital____six weeks.
A) For
B) During
C) Before
D) In
E) Here
24/Março/2021:
A) We need some cheese.
B) Didn’t I buy any eggs?
C) This engine hardly uses any petrol.
D) A tiger is in danger of becoming extinct.
E) A baby deer can stand as soon as it’s born.

A) Lying by the side of the road we saw a wheel of a car.
B) I have some of my best ideas when I’m on the bus.
C) My wife likes the seasides, but I prefer mountains.
D) The Australians suffered heavy losses in the First World War.
E) The railways are getting more and more unreliable.

A) Have you fed the dog?
B) I need an envelope.
C) There’s a rat in the kitchen.
D) John collects a stamps
E) Could you pass the salt?

A) She’s a dentist.
B) I used my shoe as a hammer.
C) I’m looking forward to being a grandmother.
D) Annie is a doctor.
E) My sister loves the horses.
A) Could i have half a Pound of grapes?
B) I've been waiting for one and half a hours
C) I didn't like the second half the film
D) Would you like the big half or the small?
E) Two mens and half.

A) I had scarcely closed my eyes when the phone rang
B) She was scarcely inside the house before the kids started screaming
C) I had no sooner closed the door than somebody knocked
D) We no sooner sat down in the train than i felt sick
E) She ate and hardly Will eat in five years.

A) Try and eat something
B) I’ll try and phone you tomorrow morning
C) Be sure and ask uncle Joe about his garden
D) I try and play soccer
E) I tried and ate something.

A) I didn´t go to any lectures last month.
B) I wasn’t interested in any of the lectures.
C) Do any of books belong to you?
D) I don’t think any of us want to work tomorrow.
E) Do you have any time?

A) I see her every days.
B) Every room is being used.
C) His books are wonderful.
D) I’ve read every on of them.
E) Every one of the children was crying.
227ºMark the alternative that complete the sentence below.

I’ve cleaned the house_____ the bathroom.
A) for
B) that
C) except
D) except for
E) without.

A) It comes out daily.
B) Her singing was lovely.
C) He laughed silly.
D) She gave me a friendly smile.
E) She smiled in a friendly way.

A) Don’t be afraid.
B) I’m not afraid to say what i think.
C) John’s an afraid man.
D) She’s afraid that I might find out.
E) I’m afraid that there’s been an accident.
25/Março/2021:
A) This is my uncle.
B) My coffee is very good.
C) I like the this beer.
D) What, not the James bond?
E) Can I have the next pancake?
231- Select the alternative that contains substances that cannot be accompanied by a or an
A) Wool, secretary, cat.
B) Secretary, office, cat.
C) Water, energy, doctor.
D) Energy, weather, wool.
E) Water, doctor, dog.

A) I left my coat in the hospital when I was visiting Jane.
B) She was unhappy at the university.
C) The coat that belongs to John.
D) They appointed him Head Librarians.
E) I’ve got toothache again.

A) She hit him in the stomach.
B) Katy broke the arm climbing.
C) He sits watching TV by the hour.
D) He stood in the doorway, his coat over his arm.
E) Have you had appendicitis?

A) Let's have a drink
B) I'm going to have a bath
C) i'll have a think and let you know what i decide
D) Have a good time
E) Have you a breakfast.

A) Let's have a drink
B) I'm having a bath
C) I have lunch at 12:30 most days
D) Have an accident
E) Had you a good holiday?

A) No cigarette is harmless
B) No tourists came to the town that year.
C) I need some razor blades.
D) Have you got any razor blades?
E) Not any cigarrete is harmless.

A) Have you got any razor blades?
B) I need some razor blades.
C) Sorry, I haven't got any razor blades
D) She hasn’t got any job.
E) No cigarette is harmless

A) He appears very angry today.
B) It appears to be some kind of bomb.
C) The boys on the bus appeared students
D) There appears to be a problem with the oil pressure
E) It appears that we may be mistaken.
239- What time does the sun rise?

Choose the alternative that has the same meaning as “rise”
A) Begin
B) Appear
C) Occur
D) Go up
E) Come to one’s notice.
240- Choose the correct answer:

A) She oughts to understand
B) Do we ought to go now?
C) We ought to wake Helen, oughtn’t we?
D) You ought to see a dentist
E) I ought to phone Ed this morning, but I forgot.
241- Choose the correct answer:

A) Can I look at your paper?
B) These roses may grow anywhere.
C) In those days, everybody might find a job.
D) We can go to the Alps next summer?
E) May you go to the Alps?
26/Março/2021:
A) Cold as it was, we went out.
B) Strange though it may seem, I don’t like watching cricket.
C) Tired though she was, I diced not to disturb her.
D) Scot though she was, she supported the English.
E) Bravely as they fought, they had no chance of winning.
A) It looks as if it’s going to rain.
B) I feel as though I’m not dying.
C) She looks as if she is rich.
D) He talks as if he were rich.
E) He day there smilling like it was his birthday.
244-Select the correct alternative:

A) There were a cats in every room.
B) He’s got very big a ears.
C) don't you have some matches?
D) We met some nice franch girls in holiday.
E) Doctors generally work long a hours.
245-Mark the wrong alternative:

A) We need some cheese.
B) I didn’t buy any eggs.
C) We go talking to some students.
D) Would you like some more rice?
E) You don't have some water?

A) Her father has a flat in Westminster
B) They hardly have enough money to live on
C) Do you have any brothers or sisters?
D) The Prime Minister had a bad cold
E) She's having three Brothers.

A) Sorry, i've got to go now
B) Do you often have to travel in business?
C) You have got to be joking
D) It's got to be later than that
E) I think that you have got one car
248-Choose the incorrect answer

A) She suddenly appeared in the doorway
B) The baby appears hungry
C) It seemed like a good idea
D) I can’t seem to make him understand
E) She doesn’t want to go on studying. It appears a pity

A) Was the film any good?
B) I’d like to travel round the world
C) My hopes are rising
D) A discussion arose about the best way to pay
E) I can’t appear to make him understand.

A) Life is complicated.
B) Sugar is over.
C) Computers are wonders of technology.
D) Cats are domestic animals.
E) My sister loves the horses.

A) Can i have the next pancake?
B) I´m oldest in my family.
C) He is the fastest runner.
D) The largest food company.
E) We went to the same school.
252- Mark the correct answer:

A) He is thirty Years. (Be + number + Years old).
B) He could read in the age of three. (At é mais comum antes de age).
C) At your age I already had a job.
D) When I was at your age I was working. {(Be + ... age (sem preposição)}
E) He has thirty. (Be + number).

A) Give my love to them all.
B) All the people were singing.
C) I’ll take all two shirts.
D) I haven’t read all of it.
E) I was all alone.
29/Março/2021:
254- Mark the INCORRECT alternative:
A)As usually the train isn’t late.
B)I went on business.But I managed quite a lot of sightseeing.
C)She works in television as week as writing children’s books.
D)These meetings can last as long as four hours.
E)I’ll remember that day as long as I live.

A) Don’t ask me money.
B) They are asking 500 pounds a month rent.
C) I asked for the parcel to be sent to my home address.
D) I asked John if I could go home.
E) I asked for the children to have extra milk.

A) Lying by the side of the road we saw a wheel of a car.
B) I love listening to the wind.
C) John is the son of a rich banker.
D) He’s the wrong man for me.
E) Do you sing in the bath?

A) When was a child we lived in london.
B) While you were reading the paper, i was working.
C) John cooked supper while i watched tv.
D) His parests died while he was twelve.
E) While they were playing cards, somebody broke into the house.

A) She's not up yet
B) You can go in
C) I often get headaches
D) She speaks well english.
E) Could you switch off the light?

A) Sometimes I think I'd like to live somewhere else
B) Usually I get up early
C) Never I get up early
D) Always look in the mirror before starting to drive
E) Never ask her about her marriage
A) I’m experimenting with a new perfume.
B) I made a lot of interesting experiences.
C) Sales person wanted unnecessary experience
D) We did an experiment in the chemistry lesson.
E) I had a lot of interesting experience during my year in Africa.
261- Mark the Wrong alternative below

A) A female Fox is called a vixen.
B) A male duck is called drake.
C) It was very feminine bathroom
D) She has a very masculine laugh.
E) This T-shirt is quite female.

A) How much money do you earn?
B) Could you give me a light?
C) See you next monday
D) What time it was?
E) I'm not very good at cooking

A) This money is yours.
B) She always thanks me for the money that I give her it.
C) The idea which she put forward was interesting.
D) The road out of our village goes up a steep hill.
E) This sort of weather remids me of my home.

A) I didn't go to any lectures last term.
B) I wasn't interested in any o f the lectures,
C) I didn't go to any of lectures last term.
D) Do any of these books belong to you?
E) Do any books here belong to you?

A) I don't think any of us want to work tomorrow.
B) I wasn't interested in any the lectures
C) Do any of these books belong to you?
D) She doesn't speak any English at alL
E) How much money have you got
266- Ketchup_____ dropped all over the floor.

A) was
B) has been
C) has had
D) had
E) were
267- Mark the correct question:

A) Suddenly the door opened.
B) Hurry yourself.
C) Suddenly the door opened itself.
D) Try to concentrate yourself.
E) His book's selling itself well.

A) What are your closest friends?
B) Where’s those books I lent you?
C) My baggages have been lost.
D) Alice and Bob are going to be late.
E) Your toast and marmalade is on the table.
269-Choose a correct option:

A) John collects a stamps.
B) The elephants can swim very well.
C) She’s dentist.
D) Give it to the cat.
E) This is the my uncle.

How__ did you walk?
A) Way
B) far
C) distant
D) a long way
E) away

A) Not I`m waiting for a phone call from john ate tree o`clock.
B) I hope he rings on time. i hate waiting for people to phone.
C) He expects to get a bike for his birthday.
D) It`s hard to wait for thing when you are five years old.
E) I waited for her till eleven, and then went home.
30/Março/2021:
A) He gets to the market by bike.
B) I went to see my father to Canada.
C) Stop throwing stone at the cat, darling.
D) In my dream, everybody was pointing at me and laughing.
E) Please do not throw food to the animals.

A) I work best in the morning.
B) I usually get up at six o’clock.
C) They’re having a party at Christmas Day.
D) It happened in the week after Christmas.
E) I didn’t feel very well that week.

A) While i was a child we lived in london.
B) His parents died when he was twelve.
C) While you were reading the paper, i was working.
D) John cooked supper while watched Tv.
E) As i get older i get more optimistic.

A) These meetings can last as long as four hours.
B) You can take my car as long as you drive carefully.
C) I’ll remember that day as long as i will live.
D) I’ll remember that day as long as i live.
E) I am fine accompanying to the hospital as long as you promise to get a thorough check up done there.

A) I don't remember him very good.
B) I can hear somebody coming.
C) He's more lazy than stupid.
D) She danced happily.
E) Where are the other photos?
A) It's terribly cold today.
B) You look different with a beard.
C) I heard him go down the stairs.
D) She speaks well English.
E) Could you take more quietly?

A) I heard him go down the stairs
B) I heard him going down the stairs
C) I heard him went down the stairs
D) I saw her across the road
E) I saw her crossing the road

A) I saw Mary's crossing the road.
B) I heard my mame repeated several times.
C) Have you ever seen a television thrown through a window?
D) She was seen walking away from the accident.
E) I woke up to hear the bedroom door being opened slowly.

A) the two boys are alike in looks, but not in personality
B) He is like his brother
C) his two daughters are very alike.
D) he is got two very alike daughters.
E) she is got two very similar-looking sons.

A) she is eaten all of the cake
B) all of my friends like riding
C) all of children can be difficult
D) all of us can come tomorrow.
E) she is invited all of you
282-Mark the alternative that complete the sentence below.

I studied the guitar three years ate school.
A) at
B) since
C) in
D) from
E) for

A) The party was funny.
B) Anne and Eric are a lot of fun.
C) That was a real fun party.
D) Why are you wearing that funny hat?
E) A funny thing happened.
284- The ball ralled slowly______the goal.

A) in
B) into
C) on
D) to
E) onto
285- He sat down____the armchair, Ana I sat down___the floor.

A) in/on
B) into/onto
C) in/onto
D) in/in
E) on/on

A) My hands were blue with cold when I got home
B) I’m not clever in cooking
C) When did you arrive in England?
D) We agree with you
E) Are you afraid of spiders?
287- Choose the correct answer

A) She married her childhood sweetheart
B) Her marriage with Philip didn’t last very long
C) People have always been very kind with me
D) George’s father insisted to paying
E) I’d like to see a big increase of productivity

A) John’s afraid.
B) I’m not afraid of death.
C) I’m afraid of dogs.
D) I'm not afraid to surf big waves.
E) John’s an afraid man.

A) He left 5 minutes ago.
B) I met her ago six weeks.
C) I played soccer a long time ago.
D) She lived there 2 years ago.
E) She moved 1 year ago.
31/Março/2021:
A) Was she imprisoned for three years?
B) You were asleep at ten o’clock.
C) He’ll come before supper if he comes at all.
D) Does she seem to understand?
E) She was always frightened at all.

A) Didn’t I understand anything at all?
B) I realized that I wasn’t turned the lights off.
C) On holiday, she may be.
D) Then the prince wakened her with a kiss.
E) In the night, I woke up three times.

A) She’s got a goat, as well as five cats and three dogs.
B) He’s clever as well as nice.
C) She works in television as well as writing children’s books.
D) Birds can fly, as well as some mamals.
E) They speak French in parts of italy as well as France.

A) My father lives in Canada.
B) He gets to the markt by bike.
C) Let’s go and have coffee at marcel’s.
D) I need to see my father in Canada.
E) Let’s go and have coffee to marcel’s.
A) You look different with a beard.
B) All along the centuries.
C) In 1900 the population of London was higher than it is now.
D) He's a mere child.
E) I can write with with either hand.

A) He could read at the age of three
B) Why are you climbing over the wall?
C) He's a my friend.
D) Where are the other photos?
E) I like your country - it's so beautifil.

A) How do you like my hair?
B) I know how he did it.
C) How cold is it?
D) How well she plays!
E) How do i love weekends!
297- Select the correct alterative below:

A) Is anybody at the home?
B) Come round to mine place for a drink.
C) Ring up and see if Jacqueline is at the Smith's, could you?
D) I think i'll go to home.
E) We had a great evening to the Philip's.
298- Complete the sentences with the correct verb tenses:

I-Under no circumstances________ cheques.
II-Not until he received her letter______ her feelings
III- Little ______ the danger he faced
IV-Hardly _____ when trouble started
A) we can cash / he understood / did he realize / I had arrived
B) we can cash/ did he understand /did he realized/had I arrived
C) can we cash/ he understood / he realized /had I arrived
D) can we cash/ did he understand / he realized/ had I arrived
E) can we cash/ did he understand / did he realize/had I arrived

A) Suddenly I listened a strange noise
B) Can you hear me?
C) I heard them talking upstairs
D) Listen carefully, please
E) I was listening to the radio

A) I can hearing somebody coming
B) Listen to me
C) I once heard Brendel play all the Beethoven concertos
D) Did you hear i Listen to the news yesterday?
E) I was listening to a record of Brendel playing Beethoven

A) Twenty miles is a long way to walk
B) We’ve only got five litres of petrol left, that isn’t enough
C) More than one person is going to have to find a new job
D) Ten times five is fifty
E) Where are those five pounds I lend you?
302- Choose the correct answer

A) The biggest timewaster are meetings
B) A serious problem in our garden are wasps
C) What we need is a few bright young engineers
D) Nobody except his best friends like him
E) A good knowledge of three languages are necessary for this job

A) Each new day are different.
B) I enjoy each moment
C) Each of us sees the world differently.
D) She doesn't speak any English at alL
E) Do any of these books belong to you?

A) Each new day is different
B) I enjoy each moments.
C) Each of them has problems.
D) Each of us sees the world differently.
E) Do any of these books belong to you
A) She’s invited you all.
B) Mary sent her love to them all.
C) I’ve made us all something to eat.
D) I think that’s them all.
E) All the water.

A) I’ve almost finished.
B) There were nearly a thousand people there.
C) It’s nearly ten o’clock.
D) It was almost eleven o’clock.
E) I’ve very almost finished.
307- The said that exame____ difficult.

A) Will be
B) has been
C) would be
D) has be
E) will been

A) I don't know enough French to read this.
B) We haven't got enough blue paint.
C) You didn't buy enough.
D) I don't know enough of French to read this.
01/Abril/2021:
309- Mark the opinion that completes the gap correctly.
A book for children __Africa and its peoples
A) on
B) about
C) to
D) in
E) from
310- Mark the opinion that ACTUAL and ACTUALLY are being used wrongly.
A) Yes, the actually weight is 180 kilos.
B) I’ve got a new job. Actually, they’ve made me sales manager.
C) The books says she died aged 47, but her actual age was 43.
D) Actually, my name’s Andy.
E) It takes me an hour to drive to work, although the actual distance is only.

A) I slowly awoke to the danger that threatened me.
B) Do you play poker at all?
C) Wake!It’s time to go to work.
D) You can come whenever you like-any time at all.
E) He doesn’t like swimming.

A) Your eyes are very red-you ought to bath them.
B) I was being very careful.
C) I always bathe before I go to bed.
D) I’m happy just now.
E) I don’t think he baths very often.

A) There’s no room on the bus; let’s get off again.
B) We’re booked on flight 604.
C) I’ll go down to the shop on my bike.
D) He’s arriving in the 3.15 train.
E) I took five days to cross at atlantic on the Queen Elizabeth.

A) Usually get up at six o’clock.
B) I’ll meet you in 4.15.
C) Phone me at lunch time.
D) I work best in the moring.
E) Phone me at luch time.

A) Mary sent all of them her love.
B) She’s invited you all.
C) All of us can come tomorrow.
D) All of children can be difficult.
E) All of my friends like riding.

A) She losts all she owned.
B) All I have is yours.
C) All stood up.
D) She lost everything.
E) This is all I’ve got.

A) Each of us sees the world differently.
B) I enjoy each moment,
C) Each new day is different,
D) Each of them have problems.
E) I write to each of my children once a week.

A) She's eaten both of chops.
B) She's eaten both the chops.
C) He lost both of his parents when he was a child.
D) He lost both parents when he was a child.
E) Both these oranges are bad

A) Anne and Eric are a lot of fun.
B) Why are you wearing that funny hat?
C) A funny thing happened
D) The party was funny
E) That was a real fun party

A) I promise i won’t smoke again
B) i’ll hit you if you do that again
C) i shall give you a teddy bear for your birthday.
D) You shall have all you wish for.
E) I phone you tonight.
321- Wich alternative completes the sentence better:

Did you go ___ last Saturday?
A) Run.
B) Dancing.
C) Swim.
D) Climb.
E) Surf.

A) My father was in hospital during the summer.
B) I love going to the beach during summer.
C) It rained during the night for two or three hours.
D) she was at the gym during 3 hours.
E) I’ll call in and see you for a few minutes during the afternoon.
323- Mark the alternative correct.

A) She cans swim very well.
B) Do you can swim?
C) I didn’t could understand her.
D) I can speak a little Arabic
E) You can talk?

A) He’s much more older than.
B) The baby’s more attractive than.
C)my hands were as cold as ice.
D) she likes music, and so do I.
E) his eyes are just the same colour as mine
02/ Abril /2021:

A) Look at him eating
B) Look at him ate
C) As I watched the tree being cut down
D) I woke up to hear the bedroom door being opened slowly
E) I heard my name repeated several times.

A) He is not there
B) He is not here
C) This place is terrible
D) It is terrible here
E) Did you like that place?

A) You’re being stupid.
B) I’m feeling hot and sticky; I think I’ll have a bath.
C) I was being depressed when you phoned.
D) Let’s go for a swim in the river.
E) Who’s being a silly baby, then?

A) I don’t often be sick.
B) He knew he would have to work hard if he was to pass his exam.
C) What colour are his eyes?
D) I’m happy because of you.
E) If you don’t be quiet you’ll go straight to bed.

A) I woke up three time in the nigth.
B) Wake! It's time to go to work.
C) Could you make me up at half past six?
D) The princess did not waken for a hundred years.
E) Then the prince wakened her with a kiss.

A) Give me my watch again.
B) I’m taking this meat back to the shop.
C) Can you play again?
D) I’m never going to invite him again.
E) You’d better write again.

A) He lost both parents when he was a child.
B) The both children
C) She's eaten both the chops.
D) She's eaten both chops
E) Both these oranges are bad

A) Shefs invited us both.
B) Who did she invite? ~ Us both.
C) She's invited both o f us.
D) Mary sends both o f you her love.
E) Both o f them can come tomorrow.
A) i’m washing my hair this evening.
B) Who’s cooking lunch?
C) Their new house is looking over the river.
D) it’s going to snow before long.
E) Our house is getting new windows this winter.

A) I’m seeing Larry on saturday
B) We’re travelling around Mexico next summer.
C) My car’s going in for a service next week
D) Are you coming to the pub
E) What do you do this evening?
335- “It sounds as if john’s going to change his job”

which alternative best replaces “ if”?
A) So
B) one
C) Though
D) Do
E) Be

A) She is got a goat, as well as five cats and three dogs.
B) He’s clever as well as nice.
C) She works in television as well as writing children’s books.
D) As well as he broke his leg, he hurt his arm.
E) Smoking is dangerous, as well as making you smell bad.
337- Mark the correct option:

A) The children always get exciting when Granny comes.
B) His explanations make me very confusing.
C) I didn't enjoy the party because i was boring.
D) It was very tiring though.
E) I was very interesting in the lesson.
338- Mark the wrong option:

A) Lia's brother is a lawyer.
B) There's something wrong with the cat's ear.
C) That's the house of my father.
D) Scotland's climate is getting warmer.
E) The government's decision was extremely unwise.
339- She_____plays piano.

A) well
B) as well
C) Also
D) too

A) we were late because it rained.
B) I'm happy because I met you.
C) We were late because of the rain.
D) I'm happy because of you.
E) We were late because of it rained.

A) I hardly had the strength to take my clothes off.
B) Even she has broken her bike.
C) It isn’t enough warm for you?
D) Everybody helped with the packing-also the dog.
E) She doesn’t know enough of French to read this.

A) We’re going to Paris for the weekend.
B) Especially on Sundays we play a lot of soccer.
C) Steve has found a job at last!
D) I don’t enjoy looking after small children.
E) All my family like music. Especially my father goes to as many concerts as he can.
05/ Abril /2021:

A) We ate to get a 10 percent wage rise in June.
B) Don’t be such a nuisance!
C)I finished early because I worked fast.
D) I’ve been London three times this week.
E) I looked out of the window, but there was nothing has been seen.

A) Do be quiet, for God’s Sake.
B) She can go to the party, but she’s not to be back late.
C) It’s 37 kilos heavy.
D) Just because you’re older than me doesn’t mean you can do what you like.
E) Have you ever been to Nothern Ireland?

A) I'm hungry.
B) i'm fraid to go to the doctor
C) you have sleepy
D) you are cold
E) She is warm

A) My girlfriend wins when we play poker
B) My girlfriend wins when we play soccer
C) My girlfriend beat when we play basketball
D) My girlfriend beat at me the volleyball the first time we played
E) My girlfriend beat at me the handball the first time we played

A) If I were you, i'd get that car serviced
B) I shouldn't worry, If I were you
C) I would get that car serviced
D) I shouldn't worry
E) If I were you, you can borrow my bike

A) Mary come here.
B) you don't believe It.
C) Don't anybody say a word.
D) you Just sit down and relax for a bit.
E) you take your hands off me!

A) We walked across the ice.
B) We drove across several towns.
C) I walked through the wood.
D) We drove across the desert.
E) I drove through the city last night.

A) She ate all the cake.
B) All of my friends like riding.
C) All of children can be difficult.
D) The situation is changing all the time.
E) All children must be happy.

A) My elder brother has just got married.
B) She’s the oldest student in her year
C) His eldest daughter is a medical student.
D) My older Brother has just got married
E) He’s three years elder than me.
352- Mark the correct sentence below

A) I’m sorry. Mistook you for somebody else.
B) Whatever else he may be, he’s not a mathematician.
C) When all else fails, read the instructions.
D) Much else about life
E) What would you else?

A) I like your country it's so beutiful.
B) Those girls are too kind to refuse.
C) I like your so beutiful country.
D) She is too polite a person to refuse.

A) Here comer it.
B) There is she.
C) Here it comes.
D) Here your bus come.
06/ Abril / 2021:

A) Why don’t you be a good boy and sit down?
B) To be taken three times a day after meals.
C) She is nearly my age.
D) She won me at poker the first time we played.
E) The postman’s already been.
A)My boyfriend usually wins when we play poker.
B)I wish I was ten kilos lighter.
C)The room is ten meters long.
D)I haven’t been to the theatre for ages.
E)I want to get married one day.But before, I want to travel.

A) We were late because it rained
B) We were late because of the rain
C) I’m happy because of I met you
D) I'm happy because of you
E) Because I worked fast, I finished early.
358- Complet correctly the gap:

When i went back to the twon that I__ left_ eigth years __, everything was different.
A) Had, x, before
B) Has, before, x
C) Am, before, x
D) Am, x, before
E) Was, x, before

A) I need information and advice.
B) Do you shave yourself on Sundays?
C) You bloody fool!
D) I'll remember that day as long as i live.
E) When did you arrive in New Zealand?

A) He's arriving on the 3.15 train.
B) Here it comes.
C) This sort of weather remembers me.
D) That's mine - I saw is first!
E) She's gone to Hungary - or rather, Poland.

A) Oxford University
B) They speak French in parts of Italy as weel as France.
C) He wrote the book in a month.
D) The street out of our village goes up a steep hill.
E) John's a frightened man.

A) I'll remember that day as long as i will live.
B) See those clouds? It's going to rain.
C) This is my uncle.
D) She gave me a strange look.
E) Could you give me a light?

A) People have always been very kind to me.
B) I like mushrooms very much mushrooms
C) She married a friend of her sister's.
D) Is that Mary's car?
E) I admired the patience with which she spoke.

A) My sister has learnt French.
B) But you promised ...!
C) The postman shoulds be here soon.
D) He died three years ago.
E) I know her weel.

A) I've known her for years.
B) There she is.
C) We are sorry that train is late.
D) It must be fine tomorrow.
E) With what money?

A) You mustn't go out without coat.
B) It's sheer madness.
C) I fell strange
D) The climate is getting warner.
E) What colour are her eyes?

A) If only i knew more people
B) If only your father were here
C) If only somebody Would smile!
D) If only she hadn't the police, everything Would have been all right
E) If only looking

A) The ball rolled slowly in the goal
B) Then she walked into the house
C) The car's on the roof again
D) A moment later the ball was in the goal
E) The ball rolled slowly into the goal

A) Suddenly i listened to a strange a noise.
B) Can you heaar me?
C) I heard them talking upstairs, but I didn`t really listen to their conversation.
D) Listen carfully, please.
E) I can`t hear you very well.
370- Mark the incorrect option:

A) Thank you so much for helping us repair the car.
B) Our main task is to help the company become profitable.
C) Can you help me finding my ring?
D) Would you like to help wash up?
E) Hello, is tom there?

A) Elephants can swim very well.
B) The Petrol is expensive.
C) My work is ready.
D) This problem isn’t mine.
E) A friend of mine comes here today.

A) John’s coat.
B) The America´s economic problems.
C) The boss’s wife.
D) Mike´s house is here.
E) Paul’s store is closed.
A) What a lovely dress!
B) Where’s the librarian?
C) What luck!
D) I want to see the President
E) What a nonsense!

A) She’s eaten all of the cake
B) All my friends like riding
C) She’s invited all of you
D) All of children can be difficult
E) Mary sent all of them her love
375- Choose the incorrect option:

A) You surprised.
B) Do sit down.
C) I usually sleep well.
D) England lost.
E) I can't eat this.

A) You're very much kind.
B) I'm very happier in my new job.
C) I came very quickly.
D) This situation is very much serious.
E) I feel very much happy with that news.

A) She realized that she had seen him before.
B) I left school four years before.
C)You can’t go home before I’ve signed the letters.
D) You can’t see this film If you’re under 18.
E) Have you ever been here before?

A) I’ll telephone you before I will come.
B) He went to university before he did military service.
C) I think I’ve seen this filme before.
D) Do you mind? I was in front of you!
E) How Do you start the washing machine?

A) I must move my car before nine o’clock.
B) You need to leave before my dad arrives.
C) It’s parked in front of the post office.
D) I'm waiting for you in front of the cinema
E) It’s parked before the post office.

A) I began teaching when i was 24.
B) Damn! It’s starting to rain.
C) If Sheila dosen’t come soon, let’s began whitout her.
D) The car won’t start.
E) I think we ought to began at six, while roads are empty.

A) Half a pound of carrots will be enough
B) That’s enough, Thank you.
C) Enough is Enough
D) The Meat is enough
E) She’s old enough to do what she wants

A) He speaks lots of languages. He even speaks Esperanto.
B) They're open everyday. They’re even open on christmas day.
C) I work every day, even on sundays.
D) I haven’t written to anybody for months - Not even my parents.
E) She has broken all her toys. She even has broken her bike.

A) Let's buy a bottle of wine in case Roger comes
B) I'm taking an umbrela in case It rains
C) People insure their houses If they catch fire
D) In case of fire, break glass
E) We took our swimming things in case we happened to find a pool

A) He was driving fast indeed
B) Thank you Very much indeed
C) I was Very pleased indeed to hear from you
D) We are indeed interested in your offer, and Would né gland to have prices.
E) It is indeed

A) I’m interested in cookery.
B) I’m interested in learning to cook.
C) The soup is ready to eat.
D) You don’t look happy to see me.
E) He’s a difficult to understand person.

A) She always sings while taking a shower.
B) I never went to London.
C) I always lived here.
D) Never i get up early.
E) I seldom use the bike.
387- ____people stood up.

A) All
B) everybody
C) All the
D) everything

A) Wool
B) a water
C) a weather
D) an energy
E) a wool
08/Abril/2021:
A) I came up before the magistrates for dangerous driving last week.
B) Everything was different when I went back to the town that I had left eight years before.
C) We will begin the meeting with a message from The President.
D) It’s parked before the post office.
E) Her behavior is beneath contempt.

A) We’d better get out of here before your father catches us.
B) Her name comes before mine in the alphabet.
C) If Sheila doesn’t come soon, let’s begin without her.
D) I think we ought to begin as six, while the roads are empty.
E) I must move my car before nine o’clock.

A) The temperature in this room is below 3 degrees.
B) The bags are lower than the sink.
C) What do you do below water.
D) The under twenty people at the lecture.
E) You can’t see this film if you’re under 18.

A) Besides the violin he plays the flute
B) Apart from the violin he plays the fute
C) He has nothing except his salary
D) He has nothing besides his salary
E) Except the violin he plays the flute

A) She said to me i have got no money.
B) So he said that he wanted to go home.
C) She asked what i wanted.
D) And Then I wondered whether he really mean it.
E) So he said, 'I want to go home', and just walked out.

A) Bill Said that I didin't like.
B) I don't like this party.
C) He wanted to Go home.
D) He Said Ann had got her. Licence the Tuesday before
E) They promissed to be there the next day.

A) Nurses take care of sick people
B) He was afraid
C) The baby’s asleep
D) A well man
E) You look ill
A) I’ll get ready the car
B) A nice little house
C) Do I make you happy
D) Let’s paint the kitchen yellow
E) It’s still alive

A) He left 5 minutes ago.
B) I lived there 19 years ago
C) I met her ago six weeks.
D) My birthday was a long time ago
E) How long ago did you eat?

A) He was ill for three years.
B) He died for five years.
C) I studied English for seven months.
D) She called a few minutes ago.
E) He was working ten minutes ago.

A) I`m going to do watch some tv.
B) During the holidays I`m going do some walking and a lot of reading.
C) Let your fingers do the walking.
D) I want to do some bird-watching this weekend.
E) It`s time I did some letter-writing.

A) I`m sorry. i mistook you for somebody else.
B) Where else did you go besides Madrid?
C) What would you like else?
D) Whatever else he may be, he`s not a mathematician.
E) When all else fails, read the intructions.
09/Abril/2021:
A) Get on my big feet off my flowers
B) She is a small woman, but she has very large feet.
C) I’ve just got a great new flat.
D) I have big respect for her ideias
E) You’re making a big mistakes

A) I am born in 1983
B) My parents were born in Scotland
C) Hundreds of children are born deaf every year
D) My mother was born in Brazil
E) I was born here

A) Look in the cupboard below the sink.
B) I started teaching when I was 24.
C) The whole village is below water.
D) Please put out all lights before leaving the office.
E) A moment later the sun had disappeared below the horizon.

A) Who’s the big guy sitting beside Jane?
B) We have to study history and philosophy besides literature.
C) Apart from the violin, he plays the piano and the flute.
D) I bet you the Conservatives lose.
E) It’s too late to go out now. It’s starting to rain besides.

A) Bill Said that he didin't like this party.
B) He wanted to go home.
C) I'll be back next week.
D) They promissed to be there the next day.
E) He said he'd had an accident the day before.

A) Bill said that he doesn't like the party.
B) She said that she'dhad enough.
C) I think that you are probably right.
D) We will be there tomorrow.
E) I'll be back next week.
407- Some people are able to walk on their hands.

” Wich alternative better replaces “are able to”?
A) Can’t.
B) will be able to.
C) Were able to.
D)Can.
E)Don’t.

A) Everybody needs somebody.
B) everyone was looking for you.
C) Evryone likes you.
D) Everyone stayed there.
E) All stood up.

A) My car is parked outside
B) They arrested Alex and put in prison
C) The boss really gets on my nerves
D) It’s a terrible place, London
E) She loved the picture because it reminded her of home

A) Who’s that over there? He’s John Cook
B) Is that our waiter? No, it isn’t
C) On the phone: Hello. It’s Alan Williams
D) It’s your sister who plays the piano, isn’t it?
E) It’s ten miles to the nearest petrol station
12/Abril/2021:
411= Mark the incorrect alternative:
A) Don’t start work again until you’re completely better.
B) I like all musical instruments besides the violin.
C) Who was at the party besides Jack and The Bensons?
D) I bet you 5 libres it doesn’t rain this week.
E) She wasn’t standing between Alice and Mary.

A) Besides the violin, he plays the piano and the flute.
B) We need two meters between the windows.
C) I don’t like those shoes; besides, they’re too expensive.
D) I like all musical instruments apart from the violin.
E) My father bet my mother that she would marry him.

A) Close the door after you
B) She took the dog with herself
C)He was pulling a small cart behind him
D)I love you for yourself, not for your money
E)She’s very pleased with herself
414-Choose the correct answer

A) Suddenly the door opened itself
B) His book’s selling itself well
C) Try to concentrate yourself
D) I feel myself strange
E) Hurry!

A) Can I lend your bicycle
B) I lent my coat to steave, and I never saw it again
C) I borrowed a pound from my brother
D) Lend me your comb for a minute, will you?
E) You borrow something from somebody

A) She’s eaten both the chops
B) Both these oranges are bad
C) The both childrens
D) He lost both parents when he was a child
E) She’s eaten both chops

A) Give me a hand, will you?
B) Wait here for a minute, Would you?
C) Get me something to drink, can you?
D) Don't tell anybody, can you?
E) Sit down, Won't you?

A) Remember always What I told you.
B) Never speak to me like again.
C) Let him wait.
D) Do I need to go shopping today?
E) You Just sit down and relax for a bit.
419- Complet the gab correctly.

I`ll be here__ three o`clock onwards.
A) from
B) for
C) in
D) on
E) at

B) That was a real fun party.
C) The party was funny.
D) Why are you wearinh that funny hat?
E) A funny thinh happened.

A)Here it comes
B)There she is.
C)Here he comes again.
D)There is he.
E)There’s Alice.

A) Put the butter in the fridge at once.
B) Let’s go early to bed.
C) I worked hard yesterday.
D) She sang beautifully in the town hall last night.
E) He ran a lot yesterday.

A) It 's getting late.
B) He seems intelligent.
C) That car looks fast.
D) The problem appeared impossibly.
E) I do feel fool.
A) There’s not a lot of meat left.
B) There’s not much meat left
C) Plenty of shops open on sunday morning.
D) Many of shops open on sunday mornings
E) I must be losing weight
13/Abril/2021:
425- Mark the incorrect answer:
A) She didn't let me saw what she was doing.
B) Don't let go of Mummy's hand
C) I'll let you know my holiday dates next week.
D) We usually let the children stay up late on Saturdays.
E) Could you let me have the bill for the cair repair?
426- Mark the correct answer:

A) They arrested Alex and put in prison.
B) I know it.
C) No, i don't like.
D) She loved the picture because reminded her of home.
E) Is raining.

A) I bet she’s at home.
B) He has nothing except his salary.
C) She’s gone to Hungary-or better, Poland.
D) His house is hidden among the trees.
E) We looked over the cliff at the waves crashing on the rocks.

A) I’ll bet you she’s not at home.
B) I bet they won’t come this evening.
C) I can’t take my sweater off-I haven’t got anything on underneath.
D) He divided all his money between his children and grandchildren.
E) Between the first to arrive was the ambassador.

A) Which of your teachers do you like best?
B) What colour are your baby’s eyes?
C) What of these coats is yours?
D) What writers do you like?
E) Which of us is going to do the washing up?

A) Phone me when you’ll have time
B) I knew she would arrive before long
C) I’ll think of you when I’m lying on the beach next week
D) I’ll follow him wherever he goes
E) You can have anything I find

A) Both of them can come tomorrow.
B) She’s invented Both of us
C) Mary sends you both her love
D) Mary sends both of you her love
E) ~It was us both

A) She’s both pretty and clever
B) I spoke to both the director and her secretary
C) She both dance and sings
D) Both you can borrow the flat and you can use the car
E) I both play the piano and the violin.

A) I asked where was Alice.
B) The government has announced that taxes Will be raised.
C) I'll tell her you need some help.
D) He aways he doesn't want to play any more.
E) Didin't you hear me? I asked how old you were.

A) Nobody told me Why Did I have to sign the paper.
B) I told the police I was British
C) Your mother Said I Could use her car today.
D) Didin't you hear me? O asked how old you are.
E) He Said It Would be nice If we could meet.

A) some of they are in the lab
B) that’s the girl who she lives in the flat upstairs
C) when the titanic sank in 1912, she was the biggest ship at that time
D) she’s lost the her keys
E) he took his son with himself

A) they put their luggage behind themselves
B) have you brought some paper and a pen?
C) she goes out with any boy who asks her
D) if you want any help, let me know
E) I didn’t realize it was going to be this hot

A) Perhaps we have met before.
B) Maybe I'm right.
C) Her train perhaps is late.
D) Maybe I'm wrong.
E) Maybe you left your glasses at work.
438- Wich alternative has an adverb of manner?

A) The children are playing upstairs.
B) She read the letter slowly.
C) Come and sit here
D) I’m going to London today.
E) She has a new hairstyle every week.

A) Hadn`t we misses the plane, we would all ahve been killes in the crash.
B) Should you change your mind...
C) Had i realised what you intended.
D) Were she my daughter...
E) had we not missed the plane...
440- Complet sentence correctaly.

I`ll give her your love, if I _ see her.
A) will
B) x
C) when
D) have
E) am
14/Abril/2021:
A) She’s is a bit old to play with dolls, isn’t she?
B) The car’s too wide for the garage.
C) She is small woman, but she has very large feet.
D) The river is 100 meters large.
E) She’s both pretty and clever

A) Get your big feet off my flowers.
B) I’ve got a bit of a problem.
C) She both dances and she sings.
D) Great clouds of smoke rose above the burning cathedral.
E) He’s a little interesting.

A) ~Thanks for take me here
B) Let’s have another drink, and then I'll take you home
C) We can take a picnic
D) I’m taking the kids to the cinema tonight
E) Can you take the car to the garage tomorrow?

A) Their kids are very badly brought up- Always screaming and fighting.
B) Their kids are very badly educated- Always screaming and fighting.
C) Lucy was brought up by her aunt.
D) Lucy was educated at the local school.
E) You have a good education.

A) Katy broke the arm climbing.
B) Why are you climbing over the wall?
C) An angry young man.
D) He could read at the age of three.
E) I will have completely finished by next june.

A) Everything is yours.
B) Give me my watch again.
C) Bread and butter.
D) A friend of mine.
E) She speaks very good english
447- Mark the incorrect alternative About reported questions:

A) We asked where the money was?
B) I asked where the president and his wife were staying.
C) She asked what she needed.
D) He wanted to know when I was leaving.
E) I don't know whether a can help.
448- Mark the 448incorrect alternative about reported speech:

A) The driver said whether I wanted the town centre.
B) Please, say whether you want the town centre.
C) I told her what time It was.
D) Nobody told me why I had to sign the paper.

A) I hope she likes the flowers.
B) I don’t hope she wakes up.
C) I hope the bus comes soon.
D) I was hoping you could lend me some money.
E) I hope you come.

A) How did you do it?
B) Tell me how you did it.
C) How beautiful the trees are!
D) How do you like my hair?
E) How she plays well!

A) In 1581 a Dutch declared their independence from Spain.
B) Congratulaion on your new job.
C) The police is looking for a fair-haired man in his twenties.
D) She lives on the outskirts the Cambridge.
E) A staff are on strike.

A) You didn't buy enough of them.
B) We haven't got enough of that blue points.
C) You didn't buy enough of cards.
D) I don't know enough French to read this.
E) I've had enough of mathematics.

A) I like people whom smile a lot
B) he’s got a new girlfriend who she works in a garage
C) he got married again a year later, what surprised everybody
D) I lent him ‘the old man and the sea’, that is really easy to read
E) she met my brother, whom she later married

A) he’s written a book whose name I’ve forgotten
B) sally married Joe, which made Paul very happy
C) it’s a book who will interest children of all ages
D) this is the key which opens the garage
E) she may my brother, whom she later married
455- My father was in hospital_____.

A) during the summer
B) during six weeks
C) for the summer
D) in during the summer
456- The postman______ be here soon.

A) shoulds
B) should
C) shouldes
D) shoulding
E) shoulded
457- Mark the incorrect Option:

A) Both my parents were born in scotland.
B) My two brothers carried the piano upstairs.
C) He lost both parents when he was a child.
D) Both of them can come tomorrow.
E) She’s eaten both of chops.
458- Mark the incorrective alternative:
A) We can both swim
B) the children have both gone to bed.
C) My sisters both work in education.
D) Neither both of them are not here.
E) Those oranges were both bad
15/Abril/2021:
A) Lucy was brought up by her aunt and educated at the local school.
B) Both you can borrow the flat and you can use the car.
C) We’re thinking of giving your firm a very large order.
D) Can you drive a bit slower?
E) I’m not a bit tired.

A) I spoke to both the Director and her secretary.
B) Their kids are very badly educated-always screaming and fighting.
C) I both play the piano and the violin.
D) Don’t you think Napoleon was really a great man?
E) You’re making a big mistake.

A) We live in a very wide street
B) The car’s too wide for the garage
C) Across the broad valley, the mountains rose blue and mysterious
D) She wore a simple green dress with a broad black belt.
E) The river is about wide half a mile

A) I killed the spider by hitting it
B) I killed the spider by a shoe
C) I got where I am by hard work
D) I killed the spider with a shoe
E) You got there with your wife’s Money

A) The policemen said me not to park there.
B) I didn´t know whether to laught or cry.
C) I´ve forgotten where to put the keys.
D) I suggested that he try the main car park.
E) I told Andrew that he ought to be careful

A) The policemen said me not to park there.
B) I suggested him to try the main car park.
C) I suggested that he cry the main car park.
D) The driver said whether I wanted the town centre.
E) I'm not sure if I see her tomorrow
465- Mark the correct question:

A) My sister looks like as me.
B) He ran like as the Wind.
C) My sister looks like the me.
D) He rain like as Wind.
E) My sister looks like me.

A) We must discuss you plans.
B) Conversation stopped as de entered the church.
C) She married a friend of her sister's.
D) He's clever, but he lacks experience.
E) The train is now approaching to london paddington.

A) Give me my watch again
B) Eric was really bad-mannered.
C) She comes to our parties but she never invites us back
D) I don’t think he got your letter. You’d better write again.
E) If I write to you, Will you write me back?

A) Don’t be silly!
B) I don’t often be sick
C) Don’t be such a nuisance!
D) Do be careful!
E) Why don’t you be a good boy and sit down?

A) That child is mere.
B) It’s sheer madness.
C) You bloody fool!
D) A nice little house.
E) Paul is an old friend from school.

A) I need a different house.
B) Mary is the best mother in the neighborhood.
C) That was a difficult problem to solve.
D) We are looking for skilled in design people.
E) The second train from this plataform.
13/Abril/2021:
A) You’re making a great mistake.
B) We live in a very wide street.
C) Across the broad valley, the mountains rose blue and mysterious.
D) She wore a simple green dress with a broad black belt.
E) The river is about wide half a mile.

A) I’ve finished all the jobs but one.
B) Nobody but herself would do a thing like that.
C) I’ll be home by five o’clock.
D) We live near the sea.
E) It’s difficult to get her to listen without shouting.

A) She cans swim very well
B) Can you swin?
C) I couldn’t understand her
D) I can speak a little arabic
E) Could I ask you something?

A) We can go camping this summer
B) There may be a strike next week
C) I could have been your mother
D) Some of these desserts may contain alcohol
E) She could read whrn she was four
475- Mark the incorrect alternative about:
A) This man on TV said that dinosaurs had been around for 250 milion years.
B) In his letter, he said he'd seen Penny at the theatre a couple of days before.
C) She told me she had Just written to John.
D) We were glad to hear you had enjoyed your trip to Denmark.
E) He proved that the earth went round the sun.

A) The Greeks thought that the sun goes round the earth.
B) He announced that profits were higher than forecast.
C) She just said she was fourteen!
D) The forecast said It would be wind tomorrow.
E) I asked how old you were.

A) Have you read anything interesting lately?
B) Let’s go quiet somewhere.
C) I’m not doing anything cool.
D) Why don’t we do something cool today?
E) Let’s go out and do something interesting.

A) What do i buy before traveling?
B) I watch tv after eating.
C) After to complete this form, give it to the secretary.
D) He wrote his first book after returning from Mongolia.
E) I will watch a movie after studying.

A) You can take my car so long as you drive carefully.
B) The train’s late, as usually.
C) Birds can fly, as well as some mammals.
D) Smoking is dangerous, as well as it makes you smell bad.
E) Don’t ask me money.

A) I have difficulties remembering faces.
B) My parents wanted me to have good education.
C) My parents live in a nice country near Belfast.
D) She doesn’t dare to go out at night.
E) Shakespeare dead in 1616.
481- Joe's the person that I'm angry______.

A) with
B) wich
C) at
D) in
E) of
482- ____flight is the general travelling___.

A) wich/on
B) what/ok
C) who/in
D) who's/on
E) where/at
483- Complet the sentence correctaly.

I`ve got work ___.
A) to do
B) to
C) to be done
D) done
E) be

A) He went abroad to forget.
B) I`m going to autria to learn german.
C) I sat down for resting.
D) To switch on, press red button.
E) He gor up ealy in order to have time to pack.
19/Abril/2021:
A) She’s not interested in anything but skiing.
B) Everybody was drunk by the end of the meal.
C) By time that the guards realized what was happening, the gang were already inside the bank.
D) We live by the sea.
E) My car was damaged by a falling branch.

A) She is but a child.
B) You can hire a bicycle by the day or by the week.
C) Alice called this morning.
D) We run by sea.
E) He was killed with a heavy stone.

A) She can win the race tomorrow if she really tries
B) I’ve bought the tent, so we can go camping next weekend if we want to
C) I haven’t go time today, but i can see you tomorrow
D) I can speak French at the end of this course
E) Can you come to a party on sunday?

A) I’m seeing Susan coming
B) Can you hear somebody coming up the stairs?
C) What did you put in the stew? I can taste something funny
D) Suddenly she realised she could smell something burning
E) I can see Susan coming

A) She asked If the children didin't like ice cream.
B) He said It Would be best If they started early.
C) She said If She had any money She Would buy me a drink.
D) He wants to know If She can carry your bag.
E) Shall I be needed tomorrow?

A) Who ia the best player here? Jhon is the best player here.
B) What is the time? 4:30 is the time.
C) What is the matter? O asked was the matter was.
D) Which is my seat? She wondered which her seat was.
E) Don't the children like ice cream?

A) I went swimming to the river.
B) She went shopping at Harrods.
C) Come swimming with us tomorrow.
D) Let’s go climbing next weekend.
E) Did you go dancing last Saturday?
492- Mark the incorrect alternative about the Imperative Form:
A) Get vaccinated as soons as you can.
B) You don’t believe it.
C) Do be quiet!
D) Have some more tea.
E) You just sit down and relax for a bit.

A) Peter isn’t here today. John isn’t here either
B) You can’t have an apple, and you can’t have an orange also.
C) You can have an apple, but you can’t have an orange too
D) He drinks too much, but at least he doesn’t smoke as well
E) I didn’t study yesterday.

A) I hurt my hands and knees yesterday.
B) She is young and pretty.
C) I always eat butter and bread.
D) Turn right on that street that has a black and white house.
E) I eat with knife and fork.

A) I’m sorry, you’re not taking my car
B) It’s snowing before long
C) Our house is getting new windows this winter
D) I’m seeing Phil tonight
E) Who’s cooking lunch

A) Alex will see us tomorrow if he has time
B) She’ll pay us back when she gets a job
C) Where do I pay?
D) Well, what do we do now?
E) I will tell you what I’ll find out

A) Here Freddy comes!
B) There goes your brother.
C) I stopped the car, and up walked a policeman.
D) The door opened and out came Angela`s boyfriend.
E) Here she comes.

A) It`s raining again.
B) Have you see my camera? it`s disappeared.
C) Every country has it`s traditions.
D) It`s time to buy a new car
E) It`s time for her to go to bed.

A) I’ll follow him whenever he goes.
B) You can have anything I find.
C) I’ll think of you when i’m lying on the beach next week
D) I knew she would arrive before long.
E) Phone me when you’ll have time.

A) Ok. We’ll buy the tickets. You can buy supper after the show.
B) The phone is ringing. I'll answer it.
C) You can have it for 50€. Ok I shall buy it.
D) There’s the doorbell. I’ll go.
E) I will stop smoking! I really will.
501- ____did foi go___?

A) where/from
B) which/ok
C) what/in
D) who/with
E) what/from

A) Where shall I sendo it is?
B) Who is it for, madam?
C) What does she look like?
D) What did you buy that for?
E) To Where shall I send it?

A) Some of people want to get to sleep.
B) Some of us want to get to sleep.
C) I've got tickets for some of concerts next month.
D) Pete's coming to some the concerts.
E) Some us want to get to sleep.
504- Choose the incorrect anternative:

A) Her singing was lovely.
B) She gave me a friendly smile.
C) He have a silly laugh.
D) It comes out daily.
E) She smiled friendly.
20/Abril/2021:
A) I killed the spider by a shoe.
B) I can’t help but wonder what’s going to happen to us all.
C) In this job we’re paid by the hour.
D) The situation is getting more serious day by day.
E) We can’t get it out with a screwdriver.

A) Do you can swim?
B) I’ve always could go play games well.
C) It can rain this afternoon.
D) I am hearing the sea.
E) That was dangerous-he could have killed somebody.

A) I was becoming very dark
B) What do you have to do to become a pilot?
C) Please become ready now
D) Mary has become sick almost every day since she arrived
E) It becomes very cold here in the winter

A) I became a grandfather last week
B) I got a grandfather last week
C) They got divorced two years past 1986
D) It was getting very dark
E) They got married in 1986
A) She's a friend of mine.
B) We meet every few days.
C) Have you got any more coffee?
D) Have you got any sugar?
E) Most of people agree with me.

A) This is the first time I've seen you wearing a dress.
B) He looks good in a evening dress.
C) Could you dress the children for me?
D) I'm going to undress in front of the fire
E) She was dressed in orange pyjamas.

A) Try to not be late.
B) You were silly not to have locked your car.
C) He's very busy. I'm afraid he can't be disturbed.
D) There's a lot of work to be done.
E) She ought to be told about It.

A) Can you help me?
B) I woul rather go alone.
C) She will probably be elected.
D) Do you think she might be joking?
E) I must to go now.

A) Could i have another piece of bread?
B) Would you like other meat?
C) Would you like more peas?
D) I’m staying for another few weeks.
E) We need another three chairs.

A) My new house isn’t altogether finished
B) Altogether, she decided, marriage was a bit of a mistake.
C) That’s 4,38 $ all together.
D) Come on, everybody sing. All together now!
E) They all went to the cinema together.

A) All stood up.
B) All that I have is yours.
C) She lost everything.
D) This is all I’ve got.
E) All I want is a place to sit down.

A) She’s got no friends.
B) She hasn’t got a job.
C) She’s umhappy because she has got any friends.
D) No cigarette is harmless.
E) Dad hasn’t got any hair.

A) I knew about that he has problems.
B) She had no ideia that das unhappy.
C) I wasn't aware that is was so late.
D) I knew that he had problems
518- Tom____his leg last week.

A) has
B) did
C) hurt
D) has had
E) has hurt
21/Abril/2021:
A) Tomorrow, she can win the race if she really tries.
B) She said I could come as often as I liked.
C) I don’t understand what she’s talking about.
D) You can go now if you want to.
E) There can be a strike next week.

A) We can go to Paris this weekend, because I don’t have to work.
B) I could buy a really nice coat yesterday.
C) I could have kissed her if I’d wanted to.
D) Can I carry your bag?
E) He could borrow my car if he asked.

A) Leaves get brown in autumn
B) She went white with angel
C) Leaves got brown in autumn
D) Suddenly everything went black and I lost consciousness
E) Machines go wrong

A) People get mad
B) Cheese goes mouldy
C) Machines go wrong
D) Fish or vegetables go bad
E) Milk goes off or sour
523- Mark the incorrect alternative about the reported speech:

A) She lets her children to stay up very late.
B) I made them give me the money back.
C) I didin't see you come in.
D) We both heard him say that I was leaving.
E) Did you feel the earth move?

A) She didn't want that I go.
B) I enjoy sailing.
C) I arranged for her to have violin lessons.
D) I want her to be happy.
E) The car needs to be cleaned.

A) My friend needs some advice.
B) I have some questions for you.
C) Sorry, i haven’t got any razor blades.
D) I need any razor blades.
E) I have some friends.
A) She’s unhappy because she hasn’t got any friends.
B) She’s got no friends.
C) Not any cigarette is harmless.
D) No tourists came to the town that year.
E) She hasn’t got a job.

A) Cinema is different from theatre in several ways.
B) He’s worked in radio and television all his life.
C) The Queen had dinner with the President.
D) What lovely dress!
E) Where’s the librarian?
528- Mark the incorrect:

A) Kate broke the arm climbing.
B) She hit him in the stomach.
C) Can’t you look me in the eye?
D) Do you sell eggs by the killo or by the dozen?
E) He sits watching TV by the hour.
529- Check the alternative that completes the sentence below correctly.
Hello, is Tom there?
No, I`m sorry, he`s not _.
A) There
B) Here
C) place
D) Hear
E) Near

A) They knew him to be a dnagerous criminal.
B) I`ve never known it rain like this.
C) I know exactly what you mean.
D) I know to make Spanish omelettes.
E) He was known to be a dangerous criminal.
22/04/2021:
A) I managed to run 10km yesterday in under an hour.
B) He can speak Greek.
C) Peter could watch TV for an hour, yesterday evening.
D) Can you hear somebody coming up the stairs?
E) She’s a selfish woman, but somehow you can’t help liking her.

A) When you’re in Spain, you could go and see Alex.
B) I don’t know what to get Mark for his birthday-Well, you can always give him a book.
C) Can I have some more cake? No, I’m afraid you can’t.
D) You can know he’s Irish from his accent.
E) If that would help I could mend your bicycle for you.
533- Select the alternative that presents a "Cleft sentence":

A) My secretary sent the bill to Mr Harding yesterday
B) Mary kept a pig in the garden shed
C) Phil is the secretary
D) The place where Mary kept a pig was the garden shed
E) He screamed
534- Select the alternative that is not a “Cleft sentence”

A) My secretary sent to the bill to Mr Harding yesterday
B) It was my secretary that sent the bill to Mr Harding yesterday.
C) It was the bill that my secretary sent to Mr Harding yesterday.
D) It was Mr Harding that my secretary sent the bill to yesterday.
E) It was yesterday that my secretary sent the bill to Mr Harding
535- He went____school___Bristol.
A) to/to
B) in/to
C) to/in
D) in/in
E) to/at

A) How shall I tell her?
B) What shall we do?
C) Who should I pay?
D) How to tell her?
537- Mark the incorrect option below:

A) Move the books off that chair and sit down.
B) Books are expensive
C) Where’s the cheese? I ate.
D) The most of the children got very tired.
E) Would you like to travel into space?
538- Mark the incorrect statement:

A) What shall we do?
B) I like making nothing.
C) Then he did a very strange thing.
D) I’m not going to do any work today.
E) Could you do the shopping for me?

A) Jhon's ill. He'll be away for a few days.
B) Tell Mary i miss her.
C) We sent her some flowers.
D) When I went back to the village the house had been puled down.
E) having seen the film, i don't want read the book.

A) Peter wants the Meeting to start exactly on time
B) conversation stopped as we entered the church.
C) The party lasted all night.
D) He's clever but the lacks experience.
E) see you on next month.

A) Here goes your husband
B) He denies the accusation
C) I promise never smoke again
D) There is going our bus
E) You look lovely when you’re smiling

A) Give me back my watch
B) That colour really stands out
C) I helped Ann to fill in the form
D) I got up at 7:00 today
E) She switch off it
23/Abril/2021:
A)Why did you jump out of the window?You could have hurt yourself.
B)I’ve bought the tent, so we can go camping next weekend if we want to.
C)You could have told me you were getting married.
D)If you haven’t got anything to do you could sort out your photos.
E)I can’t help but to wonder what I should do next.

A) As his father did he liked working with horses.
B) She doesn’t sing as well as me.
C) It’s not nearly as cold as yesterday.
D) Some of these fish can weigh as much as 80kg.
E) Originally I went from Hungary.

A) I closed the letters in my desk drawer and locked it
B) She shut him out of the house
C) A closed door
D) Closed your eyes
E) The shop shuts at five o’clock

A) Shut eyes
B) Closed the door
C) I can’t close the window. Can you help me?
D) Open your mouth and clouse your eyes
E) She shut him out of the house

A) I didn't ask that you pay for the meal.
B) I enjoy sailing
C) She seems to be crying
D) All did i was Give him a little push
E) What a fire door does is delay the spread of a fire.

A) Why won't you let me explain?
B) I heard her open the door and go out.
C) I suggested her to go home.
D) They don't allow people to smoke.
E) She didn't want me to go.

A) Yesterday morning something very strange happened.
B) I get often headaches.
C) She speaks English well.
D) My brother completely forgot my birthday.
E) I have never understood her.

A) I’ve written to all my friends.
B) All children need to love.
C) Every the plate was broken.
D) Every light was out.
E) I like all music.
26/Abril/2021:
A) Mary was person kept a pig in the garden shed.
B) It wasn’t my husband that sent the bill.
C) The post office is shut on Saturday afternoon.
D) When they grew rich they began to drop their old friends.
E) It was not until I met you that I knew real happiness.

A)Tuesday was the day when Jake went to London to see Colin.
B)It was sent that my secretary the bill.
C)Open your mouth and close your eyes.
D)His suits were made of the most expensive cloth.
E)All I want is a home somewhere.

A) The clothes were made with a soft cloth
B) These clothes are dirty
C) Your cloth look better on my body
D) I must buy some new clothes
E) Wash your clothes
A) Maria, would going here, please?
B) Can I come and see you?
C) When did you come to live here?
D) I want to go and live Greece
E) In 1577, he went to study in Rome.

A) Jake is almost like a father at me.
B) I almost wish I'd stayed at home.
C) She’s nearly never at home.
D) It's almost ten o'clock.
E) I’ve nearly finished.

A) Along the centuries.
B) I saw her running along the road.
C) All through the journey.
D) His office is along the corridor.
E) Right through the meal.

B) When are you leaving?
C) Where are the President and his wife staying?
D) We asked where the money was.
E) I don’t know whether I can help you.

A) Give me same again, please.
B) ‘Turn right’, I said.
C) She said that it was my last chance.
D) Mary said, ‘What a nice idea’.
E) She said that she would be late.

A) Would you like some more other meat?
B) Could i have another pience of bread?
C) Those cakes are wonderful. Could i have another?
D) Would you like some more peas?
E) I`m staying for another few weeks.

I wasn`t interestend in ___ the lectures.
A) Any
B) Some
C) Any of
D) all
E) at
27/Abril/2021:
A) What She does is to write science fiction.
B) It was the students that were angry.
C) I closed the letters in my desk drawer and locked out.
D) Could you pass me a cloth?
E) Shit your mouth!

A) What happened was that the car broke down.
B) is you the one who’s responsible.
C) He closed his eyes for the last time as we watched.
D) I must buy some new cloths; I haven’t got anything to wear.
E) I slowly came to realize that she knew what she was doing.

A) What time did I come to see you in the office yesterday?
B) Will you come and visit me in hospital when I have my operation?
C) Susan can’t going to your birthday party.
D) Would to like to come with us?
E) He waited till four o’clock, but she didn’t come.

A) Carry straight on till you come to a crossroads
B) Originally I come from Hungary, but I’ve lived here for twenty years
C) She comes from Scotland but her mother’s Welsh
D) Originally I came from Hungary, but I’ve lived here for twenty years
E) I came to live in NY, in 2025.

A) How do I love weekends!
B) How do you like my hair?
C) Tell me How you did It.
D) How i love weekends!
E) How have you been?

A) How beautiful the trees are.
B) How she plays well.
C) How tall tall you?
D) How Did you do It?
E) How have you been?
567- Mark the incorrect option regarding the use of ´´ last, the last and the latest``.
A) I was ill the last week, but i`m OK this week.
B) I`ve had a cold a for the last week. I feel terrible.
C) We bougth this house last year.
D) We`ve lived here for the last year, and we`re very happy with the place.
E) I`ve been busy for the last three months.
568- Mark the option that has countable noun.

A) hours
B) money
C) cat
D) water
E) wool

A) She was here all day.
B) I like every music.
C) I’ve drunk all of the milk.
D) Julie spent all of the summer at home.
E) The all of Venice was under water.

A) I can write with any hand.
B) She doesn’t speak any English at all.
C) You never give me any help.
D) If you find any blackberries, keep some for me.
E) We didn’t have any problems going through customs.
A) I can’t go on holiday because I broke my leg
B) Do you know the bible?
C) Utopia has invaded Fantasia
D) Our dog died
E) Mary has had a baby.

A) So we’ll meet this evening at 7:00, unless my train’s late
B) My wife will be angry unless I get home by 7:00
C) I’ll be surprised if the car doesn’t break down soon
D) I’ll be in all day unless the office phones
E) I’ll be back tomorrow unless there’s a plane strike
28/Abril/2021:
A) Why do you know?
B) How do you call this?
C) How do you think?
D) How? How did you say?
E) What about eating out this evening?

A) The way how those eats wash.
B) How you divide up the money is your business.
C) I spend my money how i like.
D) This is how much I've done since this morning.
E) Don't ask me How the journey was.

A) She’s so tall as her brother
B) She speak French as weel as the rest of us.
C) He’s not so friendly as she is
D) Is it as good as you expected?
E) She’s as tall as her brother.
576- Select the alternative that presents an informal style

A) She dosen’t sing as well as me.
B) She dosen’t sing as well as I do
C) She likes music, and so I do.
D) He’s not as friendly as she is.
E) Is it as good as you expected?

A) Maria, would you come here, please? -I’m coming.
B) You’re as beautiful as ever.
C) He’s more lazy than stupid.
D) Can’t you drive any faster?
E) You’re lazier and more annoying person in whole office.

A) She’s coming to see her mother.
B) The papers were late and the post was too.
C) The road’s getting steeper and steeper.
D) We’ve got terrible voices, but I sing worst of all.
E) It’s easy to do it right as to do it wrong.
579- Wich alternative has an adverb that expresses opinion?

A) Usually i get up early.
B) Always look in the mirror before starting to drive.
C) I worked until five o’clock. Then i went home.
D) Perhaps her train is late.
E) Fortunately, she has decided to help us.

A) All we can come tomorrow.
B) She’s invited all of you.
C) Mary sent all of them her love.
D) All of London knew about her affairs.
E) I’ve read all of Shakespeare.

A) I made her to cry.
B) I can`t make the washing machine work.
C) She was made to repeat the whole story.
D) I don`t speak good French, but I can make myself understood and heard.
E) The rain made the grass wet.

A) Most of the people here know each other.
B) Most my friends live abroad.
C) Most of us thought he was wrong.
D) He is eaten two pezzas and most of a cold chicken.
E) Susan found the most blackbarries.
29/Abril/2021:
A) That was lovely. Can you play it again?
B) I’m taking this meat back to the shop
C) Give me my watch back
D) Stefan can never return to his country again
E) Who opened the window? Could you close it back, please?

A) I don’t think he baths very often
B) Let’s go for a swim in the river
C) Count again the money
D) It’s your turn to bath the baby
E) Take back your Money.
585- Check the alternative that presents a comparative grade adjective:

A) Safer
B) Oldr
C) The oldest
D) The safe
E) Hot
586- Check the alternative that presents a superlative degree adjective;

A) The old
B) Oldest
C) The biggest
D) The bigest
E) Biger

A) We’re going to the cinema tonight. Would you like to come with us?
B) I earn as much money as you.
C) If you married me, I’d give you as much freedom as you wanted.
D) Talk louder.
E) Thank you very much indeed. That is kindest of you.
A) He waited till four o’clock, but she didn’t come.
B) I want to spend the least possible time working.
C) The train takes 40 minutes. By car it’ll take you twice as long.
D) You’re not half as clever as you think you are.
E) Could you talk more quietlier?
589- Mark The wrong alternative:

A) My idea was to learn Russian
B) To ask Joe would be a big mistake
C) Ann will be happy for they to help you.
D) Ann will be happy to help you
E) It’s important for the meeting to start on time.

A) I need for you to help me.
B) Anne asked for the designs to be ready by friday.
C) It took twenty minutes for the smoke clear.
D) She hates for the people to feel sad.
E) Did you mean for John to mail those letters?
30/Abril/2021:
A) I'll give her your love If I will see her.
B) If we have fine weather tomorrow, i am going to paint the windows.
C) Oil floats If you pour It on water.
D) If you didin't study physics at School, you won't understand this book.
E) As John didn't come to work yesterday, he was probably ill.

A) If I Would know her name, I would tell you.
B) What Would you do If you Lost your job.
C) I Would be nice If you helped me a bit with the housework.
D) If I knew her name, I should tell you.
E) We'd get up earlier If there was a good reason to.

A) Russian is far more difficult than Spanish.
B) I can’t work with these continual interruptions.
C) My father’s very well.
D) He did not make things easy for his parents.
E) My boyfriend isn’t very older than me

A) He didn’t seem to be any the worse for his experience.
B) She works the hardest when she’s doing something for her family.
C) This dictionary isn’t best I could find,
D) Is this the first time for you to stay here.
E) She spent more money than it was sensible.

A) Cold you talk more quietly?
B) Cold you talk more quietlier?
C) Can you come earlier?
D) Can’t you driver any faster?
E) Talk louder
A) Today’s hotter than yesterday
B) Yesterday was cooler than today
C) My shoes look cleaner than yours
D) I am taller than Anna
E) Today’s hotter that yesterday
03/Maio/2021:
A) Mary’s taller than her three sister
B) Mary’s the tallest of the four girls
C) Your accent is worser than mine
D) Your accent is the worse in the class
E) He’s best in the team

A) I’m getting fatter and fatter
B) We’re going more and more slowly
C) We’re going more slowly and more slowly
D) I'm getting more and more angry
E) I'm getting more and more in love with Joe

A)A lot fewer accidents.
B)She’s continually taking days off.
C)I haven’t seen him for ages.
D)I suppose the job was boring?-On the contrary, it was really exciting.
E)I’ve been working almost continually since yesterday evening.

A)He’s quite the most stupid man I’ve ever met.
B)It was ten times more difficult than I expected.
C)I love you more than she does.
D)Your mother will be surprised.
E)John and I’ve decided to split up.

A)Not all birds can fly.
B)All of the lights were out.
C)All that happened was that he went sleep.
D)She stayed here all the day.
E) All three brothers are here.

A)I’ve drunk all the milk.
B)Julie spent all the money.
C)She’s eaten all a loaf.
D) Jhon spent all summer at home.
E)All Indian tribes suffered from white settlement in America.

A) If you Would have asked me, I would have told you.
B) If you had worked harder, you Would have passed your exam.
C) I'd have been in bad trouble If Jane hadn't helped me.
D) If he'd run a bit faster, he could have won.
E) If I hadn't been só tired, I might have realised what was happning.

A) I'll phone you If I will have time.
B) I'll give you 100,00 If It Will help you to Go on Holiday
C) If Ann won't be here, We'd better cancel the Meeting.
D) I don't know If I'll be ready in time.
E) I don't know If I'll be ready on time.
605-Mark the incorrect answer
A)Only five o’clock! It’s got to be later than that
B)I don’t believe you. You have to be joking
C)Do you often have to travel on business?
D)I’ve usually got to be at work at eight
E)Sorry, I’ve got to go now.

A)I could smell something burning
B)I could buy a really nice coat yesterday
C)I could only get six eggs
D)I’m so glad that you could come
E)She could hardly believe her eyes

A)Never ask her about her marriage
B)Always look in the mirror before starting to drive
C)She’ll pay us back when she’ll get a job
D)I don’t know many of your friends
E)too much mathematics is usually taught in schools
608- Complete the sentences with the correct modal verb:

I-Students____ use the staff car park
II- You____ try to work harder
Things ___ not be as bad as they seem
A)mustn’t- might-would
B)must- may-would
C)can’t-can’t- should
D)can’t-should- might
E)mustn’t-ought to-mustn’t.
04/Maio/2021:
A) You’re the very first person I’ve spoken to today.
B) There hasn’t been continuous fighting on the border.
C) I ain’t got no more cigarets.
D) She’s the youngest person ever to swim the Channel.
E) The job was boring, but on the contrary, it was well paid.

A) The crowd was too big for the police to control.
B) There’s enough paint for 20 square meters of wall.
C) Scotland is a cold country.
D) He’s not afraid to say what he thinks.
E) I took the car to the garage and asked them to control the steering.

A) The older i get the happier i am
B) The more it is dangerous, the more like it
C) The more dangerous it is, the more like it
D) The more I study, the less I learn.
E) The more he earns, the more he spends.
612- Select the formal structure of the alternatives

A) She’s older than me.
B) Today’s hotten than yesterday.
C) Anna is less sad than me
D) I'm running less than before
E) She is older than I’m.

A) I don't know If I'm be ready in the time.
B) If Ann won't be here on Thrusday, We'd better cancel the Meeting.
C) If you Will come this way, I will show you your Room
D) If your mother Will Fill in this form, I will prepare her ticket.
E) If you Will eat so much, It's not surprise you feel ill.

A) If I were you know her name...
B) If the boss came...
C) If you were to move your chair a bit, We Could ALL sit down
D) If It wasn't for the children, we could Go skiling next week.
E) If It wasn't for his wife's money he'd Never be a director.

A) I’ve just read all of ‘War and Peace’.
B) The whole of my life is funny.
C) Whole Venice was under water.
D) She was here all day.
E) I like all music.
A) I think we should paint it another colour.
B) He never think of others.
C) Why don’t you think more about other people?
D) Where are the others photos?
E) I’m staying for another few weeks.
05/Maio/2021:
A)The police were checking everybody’s papers.
B)If you buy one of these you get plenty of car for your money.
C)France is the country I know best.
D)How dare you? Take your hands off me at once!
E)I have difficulties in remembering faces.

A) Much thanks for your help.
B) We need a secretary with first class knowledge of German.
C) My parents wanted me to have good education.
D) I’ve bought a grocery.
E) She has always had a deep distrust of strangers.
619- Select the alternative that presents the comparative degree:

A) She’s by far the oldest
B) Many fat a lot etc more opportunities
C) I’m nearly the oldest in the firm
D) He’s quite the most stupid man I’ve ever met
E) We’re walking by far the slowest.
620- Select the alternatives that expression "Even more" idea:

A) I feel all the better for that swim
B) He didn’t seem to be any the worse for his experience
C) He expleined is all carefully, but was still none the wise
D) He’s quite the most stupid man I’ve ever met
E) I’m nearly the oldest in the firm

A) Give me my watch again.
B) I`m talking thus meat back to the shop.
C) That was lovely. Can you play it again?
D) When i`ve recorded your voice i`ll play it back.
E) She comer tp uor parties bit she never invites us back.

We were late _____it rained.
a) Because of
b) Because
c) Why
d) Just because
e) How

A) Were She my daughter...
B) Had I realised what you intended, ...
C) Should you change your mind, ...
D) Hadn't we missed the plane, we Would all have been killed in the crash
E) I'll work late Tonight If necessary.

A) When She kissed the frog, changed in a handsome Prince
B) Can you translate this into Chinese?
C) We arrive in Athens at midday.
D) The children keep jumping into the flowerbeds
E) Go and jump in the river.

A) What kind of person is she?
B) I was surprised at the amount of the money collected.
C) Have you got a cheaper sort of radio?
D) Men and women have similar abilities and needs.
E) They’ve developed a new variety of sheep.

A) What lovely dress!
B) Cinema is different from theatre in several ways.
C) He’s worked in radio and television all his life.
D) What luck!
E) What nonsense!
06/Maio/2021:
A)I found the car difficult to control at high speeds.
B)I don’t see much point in arguing about it.
C)I daresay you’re ready for a drink.
D)How many countries are there in Europe?
E)My parents live in a nice country near Belfest.

A) I’m late, aren’t I?
B) We have little reason to expect prices to fall.
C) I like wild country best.
D) She daren’t tell him what she thinks.
E) I dare you run across the road with your eyes shut.
629- Select the wrong alternative

A) She can walk three times faster than you
B) It was ten more difficult than I expected
C) It was five times easier than they said
D) She is six times taller than john
E) She is ten times smarter than him.
630- Select the wrong alternatives

A) She spent more money than it was sensible
B) She spent more money than was sensible
C) There were more people than we had expected
D) I love you more than she does
E) It was five times easier than they said

B) He wanted to know when was I leaving.
C) She asked what did She need.
D) I asked where the President and his wife where were staying.
E) He says he doesn't want to play any more.

A) Where did you know that?
B) You don't know my mother.
C) He is from Brazil
D) we all know my mother, do you.
E) I went to a Nice Restaurant

A)Could i have another piece of bread?
B)Would you like some more meat?
C)I’m staying for another few weeks.
D)We need another three chairs.
E)He’s bought an other car

A) I’d prefer a completely different colour.
B) You look other with a beard.
C) You never give me any help.
D) Why don’t you think more about other people?
E) I think we should paint it another colour.
07/Maio/2021:
A) I know to make Spanish Omeletts.
B) They knew him to be a dangerous criminal.
C) I already told Jane about the party.
D) Peter Just went out.
E) We meet the unions yesterday.

A) I am knowing exactly what you mean.
B) I've Never know It to rain like this.
C) We all know about Abraham Lincoln.
D) We've know each other since 1994.
E) Where did you find out?

A) ’Your information’, I replied, ‘is out of date’.
B) Did you remember to post my letters?
C) What do you do in the evenings?
D) What shall we do?
E) I though you’d be like your sister, but you’re little different.

A) I hadn’t seen her for years, but she wasn’t any different.
B) I do like your earrings.
C) You do look nice today!
D) He’s old enough to make his own bed now.
E) ’You monster! ’Screamed she.

A) The lesson was really interesting
B) He’s a very confusing writer
C) The children always get excited when Granny comes
D) I was very interesting in the lesson
E) His explanations make me very confused.
640- Mark the incorrect answer

A) She likes music just like you
B) He’s much older than her
C) I earn much money as you
D) The baby’s more attractive than you
E) Your sister looks like you.

A) She can swim very well.
B) I can to speak Arabic.
C) I’d like to able to stay here.
D) You’ll be able to walk soon.
E) I’ve always been able to play games well.

A) Do you can swim?
B) I couldn’t understand her.
C) She’s always been allowed to do what she liked.
D) Could i ask you something?
E) I don’t know where she can have gone.
10/Maio/2021:
A)How’s the patient, doctor?
B)’Is this Mr. Rochester’s house? ’Asked Emma.
C)At no time did he lose his self-control.
D)My father and I once made a boat.
E) He told me to open the door. I opened the door as quietly as I could.
A) She’s very different from her sister.
B) Most people agree with me.
C) Don’t stand there. Do something!
D) Has Ben done his homework?
E) I do can play football.

A) John and I’ve decided to split up
B) John and I have decided to split up
C) I wondered what had happened
D) You mother will be suprised’, she said
E) I’m tired.
646- Select the wrong alternatives

A) I’m late
B) Yes, you are
C) They really aren’t
D) Yes, you have
E) I’ve forgotten

A) The last days have been busy.
B) In the last week of the Holiday something funny happened.
C) her latest book's being published next week
D) She thinks It's much better than her last one.
E) He is enjoying his latest job.

A) I lay the pappers on the table.
B) Lay the tent down on the grass and I'll see How to put it up.
C) I lay down and closed my eyes.
D) I'm going to lay down for a minutes.
E) You lied to me when you said you love me.

A) She’s the youngest person ever to swim the channel.
B) Who was the first woman to climb Everest?
C) Is this the first time that you have stayed here?
D) It´s the best book i’ve ever read.
E) He’s the nicest when he’s with children.

A) He did not make things easy for his parents. On the contrary, he did everything he could to annoy and worry
them.
B) The job was boring, but on the contrary, it was well paid.
C) The crowd was too big for the police to control.
D) I found the car difficult to control at high speeds.
E) I took the car to the garage and asked them to have a look at the steering.

A)The job’s different from what than I expected.
B)He’s not very different from his father.
C)I’ve finished the phone calls, and I’ll do the letters tomorrow.
D) She doesn’t like dancing, but I do.
E)Then he made a very stance thing.

A)Eventually she divorced Stephen.It was a pity she had not done so earlier.
B)This is the first time I’ve seen you wearing a dress.
C)He was drowned while trying to swim across a river.
D)I’ll call in and see you for a few minutes during the afternoon.
E)I always eat peas with honey.My wife never does so.

A) The job was boring, but on the contrary it was well paid
B) The job was boring, but on the other hand it was well paid
C) ~On the contrary, it was really exciting
D) He did not make things easy for his parents. On the contrary, he did everything he could to annoy
E) I'm not tired, on the contrary, I'm excited.
654- Which word fits best to explain the diversity of words (cold and hot)?
A) Contrary
B) Opposite
C) Similar
D) Different
E) Synonyms.

A) If you want to lose weight, eat less food.
B) I'd like to spend less of my time answering letters.
C) At the college reunions, there are fewer of us each year.
D) Fewer of people make their own bread these days.
E) Some people go to church.

A) We usually let the children to stay up late on Saturdays.
B) She didn't let me see what she was doing.
C) I'll let you know my Holiday dates next week.
D) Could you let me have the bill for the car repair?
E) Let go of means 'stop holding.

I need __ new coat.
A) some
B) any
C) a
D) an
E) the.

A) Everybody like her
B) Is everybody ready?
C) There`s somebody outside who wants to talk you.
D) There are some people outside who want to talk you.
E) Nobady phoned, did they?

A) He’s the nicest when he’s with children
B) I’m the greatest
C) She works hardest when she’s doing something for her family
D) It is the best book I’ve ever read
E) The next to speak was Mr Fenshaw

A) What are you thinking about?
B) I hate being shouted at
C) She saved money by giving up cigarettes
D) I look forward to see you soon
E) She’s not very easy to talk to.
661- Choose a incorrect sentence:
A) How have you been?
B) How well she plays!
C) How have you grown!
D) How cold it is?
E) How do you like my hair?
662- Choose a incorrect anternative:

A) If Ann won't be here, we'd better cancel the meeting.
B) I'll phone you if i will have time.
C) I'll give you R$ 100 if it will help you to go on holiday.
D) If you will come this way, it will be faster.
E) I don't know if i'll be ready in time.
12/Maio/2021:
A)She rode a camel:She had never done so before.
B)It only takes me five minutes to dress in the morning.
C)Due to the bad weather, the match was cancelled.
D)It rained during the night for two or three hours.
E)I didn’t recognize him because he was dressed with a dark suit

A)He told me to get out, and I did so as quietly as possible.
B)I put on a sweater, but it was so warm that I had to take it off again.
C)She always dresses in green.
D)We’ll né on holiday during August.
E)His success was owing to his mother

A) The crowd was too big for the police to control
B) The police were chechking everybody’s papers
C) The police were controlling everybody’s papers
D) I found the car difficult to control high speeds
E) I took the car to the garage and asked them to have a look at she steering
666- Select (T) for correct and (F) for false

( ) Put name with address
( ) Address is the first, placed on the latter
( ) Email is don’t the first to be placed in the latter
( ) The number is not address
( ) Postcode is last.
A) F-T-F-F-F
B) F-F-T-F-T
C) T-T-F-F-T
D) F-T-F-F-T
E) F-F-F-T-F

A) My grandmother had hard life.
B) I think I Would enjoy city life.
C) My mother's parents lived interesting lives.
D) Let there be no doubt in your minds about our intentions.
E) Let the prayers begin

A) What do you think of the soup? I'm liking It.
B) How do you feel about ballet? I like It
C) What time shall we leave? Eight o'clock Will be ok
D) Let me Just get my coat and I'll be with you
E) Let's see. Suppose I take the M6.

A)Three cats live here.
B)How many money do you earn?
C)I bought two newspapers yesterday.
D)How many hours do you work?
E)I’d like some typing paper.

A)Have you seen John?
B)Are you ready?
C)Did you go climbing last weekend?
D)Do you can tell me the time?
E)Did you wash the car today?
13/Maio/2021:
A) I like the saxophone, and I always have done.
B) He looks good in evening dress.
C) We have had to postpone the meeting, owing to the strike.
D) I woke up in the night.
E) My father was in hospital during six week.

A) She had on orange pajamas.
B) He dresses well.
C) The shop’s closed during the whole of September.
D) I met them during my stay in China.
E) He had some strange experiences in his military service.

A) A water
B) a cat
C) three cats
D) two newspaper
E) Water.
674- Select the correct alternative

A) Can only be used with countable nouns (much, litlle)
B) Can only be used with countable nouns (few, many)
C) Can only be used with uncountable nouns (many, few)
D) Can only be used with uncountable nouns (many, litlle)
E) Can only be used with uncountable nouns (many, much).

A) We may play football, it depends on the weather
B) I’m having difficulty in my travel arrangements
C) We’d better discuss your travel plans
D) I wasn’t concentrating, and I crashed into the car in front
E) You won’t have much difficulty getting to know people in Italy.

A) What are you looking at?
B) Who did you go with?
C) Where did she buy it from?
D) Which flight is the general on travelling?
E) Who’s the present for?
14/Maio/2021:
677- Select the nouns iuncontables alternative
A) Poetry, poem, slang
B) Money, news, work
C) Cars, luggage, luck
D) Traffic, job, sum
E) Note, coin, fact.
678- Select the nouns contables alternative
A) Vegetable, bean, pea
B) Fruit, rice, lentil
C) Grape, spaghetti
D) Macaroni, sugar, salt
E) Corn, rye, maize.

A) Each new day isn’t different.
B) Ann and I write to one another every week.
C) You can’t use either of the bathrooms.
D) My older brother has just got married.
E) She kissed them each.

A) She had a child holding on to every hand.
B) He’s lost nearly each friend he had.
C) They every said what they thought.
D) Every of them spoke for five minutes.
E) Each person in turn went to see the doctor.
681- Mark the incorrect alternative about polite way of saying:

A) Do you like some more coffee?
B) Would you like to dance?
C) I'd like two kilos of tomatoes, please.
D) If you would like to take a seat, I'll see If Mr. Smithers is free.
E) If you would like to come this way...

A) Can I go now? -If you like to
B) You can sit wherever you like.
C) Do It any way you like.
D) come when you like
E) If you like to come this way.
17/Maio/2021:
A) I write to each of my children once a week.
B) They’ll sit for hours looking into each other’s eyes.
C) Tell then I’ll be in this evening if either of the boys phones.
D) She’s the oldest student in her year.
E) Susan and Peter talk to themselves on the phone every day.

A) Each girl more what she liked best.
B) They met in 1992 and married in 1994.
C) There are roses on either side of the door.
D) His eldest daughter is a medical student.
E) He didn’t get on with either parents.

A) We need a secretary with a first-class knowledge of german
B) She has always had a deep distrust of strangers
C) That child shows a surprising understanding of adult behaviour
D) My parents wanted me to have a good education
E) My father enjoys a very good health.
686- Select the wong alternative

A) Many thanks for your help
B) I’ve bought three groceries
C) He speaks excellent English
D) We’re having terrible weather
E) It’s interesting work.

A) I like to do the shopping early on Saturday mornings.
B) When I'm pouring tea I like to put the milk first.
C) My sister looks like me.
D) He ran like as the wind.
E) You can sit wherever you like.

A) As It is well know, more people get colds in wet weather.
B) I am sending you the bill, as was agreed.
C) As you know, next Tuesday's meeting has been cancelled.
D) She was a Catholic, as were most of her friends.
E) He believed, as did all his family, that the king was their supreme lord.

A) She spends the half of her time travelling.
B) I gave him half of a cheese pie to keep him quiet.
C) Half of my friends live abroad.
D) Could i have half a pound of grapes?
E) I’ve been waiting for one and a half hours.

A) I just need half a loaf of bread.
B) I live half of a mile from here.
C) I’ve only read half of them.
D) I didn’t like the second half of the film.
E) I’ve been waiting for one and a half hours.

A) How much does the room cost?
B) What are all those people looking at?
C) When Oliver is leaving?
D) Why are you laughing?
E) Have you received my letter of june 17?

A) What does the boss wants
B) Have you seen John?
C) Are you ready?
D) Did you go climbing last week?
E) Is your mother coming tomorrow?

A) You are each right in a different way.
B) They each listened carefully to what the other said.
C) She just doesn’t care what either of her parents says.
D) If you want ice-cream there’s either raspberry, vanilla or lemon.
E) He’s three year elder than me.

A)Car’s running badly.
B)We haven’t got any large eggs.Only small.
C)Would you like anything else?
D)Term ends on June 23.
E)She didn’t know where she was when woke up.

A) A dead man
B) That idea has been dead for years
C) Shakespeare died in 1616
D) Shakespeare dead in 1616
E) She died in car crash.
696- Select the alternative that presents determiners

A) A nice day
B) Shakespeare died in 1616
C) She died in car crash
D) I dare say it’ll rain soon
E) I daren’t look.

A) I don’t like the idea of getting married.
B) He asked for a loan.
C) He insisted on to be paid at once.
D) She was surprised to see what he had done.
E) I’m interested in learning more about my Family.

A) The firm has been losing money recently.
B) I’m working for two months.
C) How long have you been studying English?
D) John’s been walking in Scotland all this week.
E) It’s been raining for the last three days.
19/Maio/2021:
A)You are each right in a different way.
B)They each listened carefully to what the other said.
C)She just doesn’t care what either of her parents says.
D)If you want ice-cream there’s either raspberry, vanilla or lemon.
E)He’s three year elder than me.

A) Car’s running badly.
B) We haven’t got any large eggs. Only small.
C) Would you like anything else?
D) Term ends on June 23.
E) She didn’t know where she was when woke up.

A) Have you got any sugar?
B) Most of people agree with me
C) Each child
D) Most shops
E) Neither door.

A) Every blouse
B) No of my friends
C) None of my friends
D) No friends
E) Every one of blouses.

A) He feel unconscious on the floor.
B) New Super Gub washes clothes whitely.
C) He pulled his belt tight and started off.
D) She sat motionless, waiting for the decision.
E) The valley lay quiet and paceful in the sun.

A) Their hope was little.
B) He's got very little patience and very few friends.
C) Only a few people speak a foreign language perfectly.
D) It is not very interesting.
E) only a few children like maths.

A)We got out of the water and dried ourselves.
B)I’m going to the shops to get myself some tennis shoes.
C)I cut me shaving this morning.
D)Talking to oneself is the first sign of madness.
E) His letters are all about himself.

A) It’s quicker if you do it yourself.
B) The house itself is nice, but the garden is very small.
C) I’ll go and see the President himself if i have to.
D) I often like to spend time by myself.
E) Do you shave yourself on Sundays?
20/Maio/2021:
A)The Minister likes golf but the Minister hates fishing.
B)This is Helen’s coat, and that is mine.
C)Read the instructions when all else fails.
D)She’s always starting something new, but she never finishes anything.
E)Will see you soon.

A) I can and will go.
B) Thinking of postgraduate study? Call for a place now.
C) If you are not satisfied with my hospitality, go elsewhere.
D) The ceremony ended with a speech from the President.
E) The most important is to keep calm.

A) Each tree
B) Neither partners
C) Each of trees
D) Neither of partners
E) All of his ideas.
710- Which alternative has the meaning of "completely different" in your text?
A) The new school isn’t much different from those of his friends
B) She’s very different from he sister
C) I thought you’d be like your sister, but you’re quite different
D) I hadn’t see her for years, but she wasn’t any different
E) His ideas are little different from the old one.
21/Maio/2021:
A) Phil and Sheila washed the dishes.
B) Be four pounds fifty.
C) Could you pick up some chops from the butcher’s?
D) You’d better stop hitting my little brother, or else!
E) I ended teaching at 3:00.

A) Didn’t you enjoy the party?
B) It wasn’t specially cold.
C) The chess game lasted for three days. Androw was the eventual winner.
D) I really enjoyed myself when I went to Rome.
E) She enjoyed very much.
713- Which form is most used in American English?

A) American football is very different to soccer
B) American football is very different from soccer
C) The job’s different than I expected
D) The job’s different to what I expected
E) The job’s different from what I expected.

A) ~Asked Emma
B) ~Hissed the Duke
C) ~Screamed She
D) ~Cried Célia
E) ~I replied.

A) I hope you'll stay for a longer time.
B) How long have you been here for you?
C) She didn't speak for long.
D) Long after, in a distant country, there lived a beautiful princess.
E) I've been working here long enough. Time to get a new job.

A) you look angrily. What's the matter?
B) I looked a real fool when I fell in the river.
C) The garden looks a mess.
D) you are looking very unhappy.
E) She looks like her mother.

A) I’d like a cake. A big one with lots of cream.
B) I’m looking for a flat. I’d like a one with a garden.
C) Green apples often taste better than red ones.
D) If you haven’t got a fresh chicken I'll take a frozen one.
E) Do you need coffee cups or tea cups?

A) You cannot learn a language in six weeks.
B) You should never give advice to people.
C) We speak a strange dialect where i come from.
D) They don’t like strangers round here.
E) If you haven’t got fresh cream I'll take tinned one.
719- Choose the option with the correct tag questions for the sentences below.
I-There’s little we can do about it, ______?
II- I am not late, ____?
III- I am crazy, ____?
IV-Nobody phoned, ____?
A) is there / am I / am I not / didn’t he
B) isn’t there /am I / aren’t I / didn’t it
C) isn’t there / aren’t I/ am I / didn’t they
D) is there / am I / aren’t I / didn’t they
E) isn there /aren’t I / aren’t I / didn’t it.
720- Choose the incorrect alternative

A) It’s hardly rained at all this summer, has, it?
B) She asked me what was the time
C) the driver asked if I wanted the the town center
D) she thought she needed help
E) poor chap- he thought he could fly.
24/Maio/2021:
A) I hardly had the strength to take my clothes off.
B) Even she has broken her bike.
C) It isn’t enough warm for you?
D) Everybody helped with the packing-also the dog.
E) She doesn’t know enough of French to read this.

A) We’re going to Paris for the weekend.
B) Especially on Sundays we play a lot of soccer.
C) Steve has found a job at last!
D) I don’t enjoy looking after small children.
E) All my family like music. Especially my father goes to as many concerts as he can.
723- Select the formal phrase

A) West, on the other hand, they are unusual
B) ~On the other hand investment
C) One the one hand, we need to reduce costs
D) On the other hand you were right
E) She bought bread on the other hand, he said no.
724- Select the alternative that does not have a contrast conjunction
A) However
B) Nevertheless
C) Nonetheless
D) Mind you
E) As with.

A) My father was in hospital during the summer.
B) It rained during the night for two or three hours.
C) The shop is closed in the whole of August.
D) My mother was in my house for 6 weeks.

A) We’ll be on holiday in August.
B) I woke up during the night.
C) I’ll try to phone you during the meeting.
D) I met them during my stay in China.
E) He had some strange experiences in his military service.

A) She asked what I wanted
B) I’ll be back next week
C) Ann got her license last Tuesday
D) They promised to be there the next day
E) Bill said that he didn’t like this party.

A) I asked where Alice was
B) We asked where the money was
C) He wanted to know when was I leaving
D) She asked what she needed
E) I asked where the president and his wife were staying.
25/Maio/2021:
A) I shall always be a socialist even I become a millionaire.
B) The radio’s small enough to put it in your pocket.
C) She seems nice. Even though, I don’t really trust him.
D) The meat is enough.
E) Anybody can do this. Even a child can do it.

A) The song was specially written for his birthday.
B) The car didn’t want to start, but eventually I got it going.
C) He took especial trouble over his work.
D) In our new house I’d like to have a spare bedroom for possible visitors.
E) I’m not sure what I’ll do next year. Eventually I’ll go to America if I can find a job.
731- Which of the conjunctions below can be used against argument?

A) Similary
B) Just as
C) It is true
D) May
E) But.
732- Which of the conjunctions below can be used for concession?

A) As far as
B) As for
C) In the same way
D) Certainly
E) Still.
A) I'm going to the station at three o'clock to fetch Daniel.
B) Could you look after the kids while I go shopping?
C) I spent ages looking for her before I found her.
D) I must be losing weight, my clothes all feel loose.
E) Could you see If Ann's in the kitchen?

A) Plenty shops open on sundays mornings.
B) There is not a lot meal left.
C) There's not much of meat left.
D) Many shops open on Sunday mornings.
E) I must be loosing weight.

A) I’d like to spend less of my time answering letters.
B) At the college reunions, there are fewer of us each year.
C) Fewer people make their own bread these days.
D) If you want to lose weight, eat less of food.
E) Some people go to church, but less than 20 years ago.

A) She didn’t let me see what she was doing.
B) We usually let the children to stay up late on Saturdays.
C) I’ll let you know my holiday dates next week.
D) You’d better let the dog out of the car.
E) Those kids let my tyres down.
26/Maio/2021:
737- Which of the words below express contradiction?
A) At least
B) Anyway
C) Quite the opposite
D) In any case
E) At any rate.
738- Which of the following words can not be used to change the subject?
A) Incidentally
B) By the way
C) Now
D) All right
E) Weight.

A) Do you ever go to Ireland on holiday?
B) Every room is being used.
C) I’ve cleaned all the rooms except the bathroom.
D) How you’ve grown!
E) I shall ever remember you.

A) You’re looking lovelier than ever.
B) The waiters took away his plates when everybody had finished eating.
C) He’s good looking except when he smiles.
D) He’s such a nice boy!
E) Lucy’s expecting a baby.
741- Choose the incorrect alternative

A) He congratulated the team for having won all their games
B) she accused me of poisoning her dog
C) I must congratulate you for your exam results
D) Are you afraid of spiders?
E) he doesn’t want to be dependent on his parentes.
742- Choose the correct option to complete the sentences

I- I’m not very cleaver____ cooking
II-He left the firm because he didn’t agree __ theirs sales policy
III-let’s try to agree___ a date
A)in/with/with
B)at/on/on
C)at/with/about
D)in/on/about
E)at/with/on

A) The boss looked at me angrily.
B) Look! It’s changing colour.
C) Could you look if Ann’s in the kitchen?
D) I’m looking to see whether these batteries are ok.
E) It looks as if it’s going to rain.
A) Mr Lucas has spent a great deal of time in the far East.
B) I’ve thrown out a large amount of old clothing.
C) A large number of problems still have to be solved.
D) They lived plenty of miles from the town.
E) It cost several pounds.
27/Maio/2021:
745- Which of the sentences below has a formal conjunction?
A) ~ to return to the previous point, can I take your car?
B) ~ as i was saying, you didn't tell him i would come, right?
C) ~to return to the subject, I wanted her to stop talking
D)~as I was saying, now I'm free ...
E) ~as i was saying, i just wanted to kiss your mouth, love you, and be with you forever.
746- Which of the alternatives feature words come up?

A) Firsty, first of all, secondly
B) Lastly, moreover, for one thing
C) To begin with, in the first, also
D) In any case, for another thing
E) However, first of all, also.

A) Had you ever thought of getting married before you met June?
B) His book are wonderful. I’ve read every one of them.
C) Except for your help, I would have failed.
D) They’re talk such rubbish!
E) I hope to hear from her.

A) Have you every been to Africa?
B) There’s a meeting every six weeks.
C) Everybody understood except me.
D) How you sing beautifully!
E) He’s looking forward to his birthday.

A) I’m coming tomorrow.
B) Would you like anything else?
C) Where else did you go besides madrid?
D) What would you like else?
E) When all else fails, read the instructions.

A) You’re wearing somebody else’s coat.
B) I didn’t see any else people.
C) Let’s go, or else we’ll miss the train.
D) If you are not satisfied with my hospitality, go elsewhere.
E) You do look nice today!
28/Maio/2021:
A) You don’t often find an elephant in a supermarket in everyday life.
B) She’s not interested in anything except skiing.
C) Isn’t the weather nice!
D) I hope he rings on time. I hate expecting people to phone.
E) Come and ser me this afternoon. I’ll expect you at 4:00.

A) We hope to get to Ireland next month.
B) This bike is by far the best.
C) I made a lot of interesting experiences during my year in Africa.
D) Maurice speaks Russian rather well. People often think he is Russian.
E) Andrew was begging to feel cold.
753- Which of the phrases below is in a formal conjugation

A) Moreover, he is totally incapable
B) She borrowed my bike and never gave ir back. And as well as that she broke the lawnmower
C) She borrowed my bike and never gave ir back. And on top of that she broke the lawnmower
D) Her father was out of work. Also, her mother was in poor health
E) What are you trying to get a job as a secretary for? You'd never manage to work eight hours a day. Besides you
can’t type.
754- Check alternative that does not present a generalizing conjunction;

A) On the whole, i had a happy childhood
B) In general, we are satisfied with the work
C) Some common minerals, e.g silica or olivine
D) In most cases, people will be nice to you if you are nice to them
E) Bay and large, this is a pleasant place to live.
31/Maio/2021:
755 Which of the alternatives illustrate an explanation:
A) Some common minerals, e.g, silica or olive
B) Go to home today?
C) Swinging on the swing amid the flowers
D) Living and loving you, forever
E) Stay here i'm coming.
756- What are the formal conjunctions?

A) Therefore, so, then
B) So
C) Therefore, as a result
D) As a result
E) Therefore, then.

A) We did an experiment in the chemistry lesson, to see if you could get chlorine gas from salt.
B) Can you explain me how to get to your home?
C) How far did you walk?
D) It’s hard to wait for things when you’re five years old.
E) I felt like laughing, but I didn’t dare.

A) I’m experimenting with a new perfume.
B) I’m waiting to hear from her.
C) We walked far.
D) Sarah isn’t here.
E) Feel the photocopier. It’s very hot.

A) It cost a lot of pounds
B) They lived many miles from the town.
C) How much did It cost?
D) We should be all right for cheese.
E) He does not often speak.

A) I made her to cry
B) I can't make the washing machine work.
C) She was made to repeat the whole story.
D) What did you say?
E) She was a very good pronunciation when she reads alone.
01/Junho/2021:
A) Sales person wanted-experience unnecessary.
B) I can’t wait for the holidays!
C) The youth hostel is not far from here.
D) For farther information, see page 6.
E) I suddenly felt an insect crawling up my leg.

A) I’m feeling sure you’re right.
B) I expect that she’ll be here soon.
C) Have you ever experienced the feeling that you were going mad?
D) I expect it will rain at the weekend. But I hope it won’t.
E) She’s far older than her husband.
763- Which words reinforce the idea more?

A) I mean, actually, more
B) Men, as a result
C) That is to say, in the other words, actually
D) Therefore, mean, then
E) E.g, actually, In general.
764- Which words have a meaning both to soften and correct, and to clarify ideas?
A) Actually, aparrently, I guess
B) In my view, or rather, so to speak
C) That is to say, actually, I mean
D) I think, apaprently, I mean
E) At least, I fell, king of.

A) Do you like Mozart?
B) Did you wash the car today?
C) When Oliver is leaving?
D) Have you received my letter of june 17?
E) What are all those people looking at?

A) Have you seen John?
B) Is coming your mother tomorrow?
C) Is your daughter having a lesson today?
D) When was your reservation made?
E) Where are the President and his family staying?

A) You have made me be a happy man.
B) The rain made the grass wet
C) I don't speak good French, but I can make myself understood
D) All our furniture is made of plastic these days
E) The soup's good.
A) Paper is made of wood.
B) most things seem to be made of plastic this days
C) All our furniture is made of wood.
D) I make It with lots of garlic
E) we made all the window.
02/Junho/2021:
769- Which expression below would be buying time?
A) ~Yes, it’s all right
B) ~Actually, my name is Andy
C) ~Oh, well, you know, I don’t know, really, I mean, it just sort of seemed a good idea
D) ~Or rather early june
E) ~I suppose so.
770- Which of the words below is used in sentences to persuade?

A) Look here
B) Honestly
C) Frankly
D) No doubt
E) Well.

A) I know her for a long time.
B) He'd been working there since a long time.
C) I've been working from six o'clock, and I'm getting tired.
D) The shop was open since eight in the morning, but the boss didn't arrive till ten.
E) From the moment they were married, they've quarrelled.

A)She finally managed pass her exam after trying three times.
B)Firstly, we need to increase profits. Secondly..., Thirdly, ... And at last we need to cut down administrative
expenses.
C)Tuesday would suit me very well for a meeting.
D)Is that cake for eating or just looking at?
E)Oh damn! I've forgotten my umbrella.

A) She danced happy into the room
B) She danced happily into the room
C) She song bad
D) I don't remember him very good
E) He was mad in love with her.

A) My elder sister is a pilot
B) A live fish
C) An asleep baby
D) He's a mere child
E) A nice little house.
A) She mays be here tomorrow.
B) It might rain this afternoon.
C) I've been married to you for 25 years and I still don't understand you.
D) She got married to her childhood sweetheart.
E) Andrews is going to divorce Carola.

A) Do I may help you?
B) We might not be home before midnight.
C) She married a builder.
D) After there very unhappy years they divorced.
E) Although she had many lovers, she never married.
03/Junho/2021:
777- What word is used to summarize everything said?
A) In fact
B) As a metter of fact
C) To tell the truth
D) Actually
E) To sum up.
778- How many forms does do have as an auxiliary verb?

A) one (do)
B) two (did and do)
C) one (dosen’t)
D) Three (do, did and dosen’t)
E) None.

A) You can’t get fit without exercise in the end.
B) Do you think this style suits me?
C) Red and black are colors that fit me very well.
D) We are grateful to you for helping us out.
E) I work from nine to five.

A) A declarative sentence has a full stop at the end.
B) These shoes don’t fit me.
C) I went to the college for an interview with Professor Taylor.
D) She stopped at the mall for having a drink.
E) Mother knows best in the end.

A) You’re my one hope.
B) One my friends gave me this.
C) I want to live for a hundred years.
D) It costs two pounds a week.
E) We’re doing seventy miles an hour.
A) There are twelve of us in my family.
B) I often fell in love when i was younger.
C) I fell several times yesterday when i was skiing.
D) Then he did take my hand and kiss it.
E) My sisters are three.
04/Junho/2021:
A)Steve has finally found a job.
B)How soon will you have finished, dear?
C)Is the report finished yet?
D)I’ve forgotten my umbrella at home.
E)James has paid me that money at last.

A) The party was funny, wasn’t it?
B) Nobody will ever know what happened to her.
C) It will be cold tomorrow.
D) Nobody’s gonna talk to me like that.
E) I’m seeing Larry on Saturday.

A) Do you like football?
B) Can you play football?
C) Do you like me?
D) You like football?
E) What do you do in the evenings?

A) I don’t like football
B) I don’t can play football
C) You do look nice today
D) Do sit down
E) You saw Anna, didn’t you?

A) She married with a builder.
B) Andrew's going to divorce Carola.
C) Although she had many lovers, she never married
D) After three Very unhappy years they divorced.
E) I have been married to you for 25 years and I still don't understand you.

A) I might read what I liked.
B) Can you park on both sides of the road here?
C) These days, children can do what they like.
D) May I put the TV on?
E) I wonder If I might have a little more cheese.
07/Junho/2021:
A) Do something
B) What shall we do?
C) I like making nothing
D) Then hi did a very stranger
E) I like doing anything.

A) During the holiday I'm going to do some walking and a lot of reading
B) Let do your fingers do the walking
C) I’m going to do some watching tv
D) It’s time I did some letter-writing
E) I want to some bird-watching this weekend.

B) Phone me when you’ll have time.
C) Tomorrow will be warm, with some cloud in the afternoon.
D) I’m not going to sit up all night listening to your problems!
E) Are you coming to the pub?

A) Why are you wearing that funny hat?
B) Sandra is going to have another baby.
C) Will all the family were at the wedding?
D) Look at the sky. It’s going to rain.
E) What are you doing this evening.

A) He is funny, I mean, He is really strange.
B) It was a terrible evening. I mean, they all sat round and talked politics.
C) Would you like to come out tonight? I mean, only If you want to, of course.
D) Let's Go and see Phil on Saturday.
E) A hundred pounds for a thirty hour week. I mean that It's not right, is It?

A) What is that strange smile meaning?
B) She lives in Southport, I mean Southmpaton
C) I've been meaning to phone you for weeks
D) We could make an early start
E) Sorry, I didn't mean to interrupt you.

A) This on the couch is jhon’s coat.
B) Both the children are good at maths.
C) The America’s economic problems are getting better.
D) All the three brothers were arrested.
E) He’s been away all week.

A) The Queen had dinner with the President.
B) Do you sell eggs by the Kilo or by the dozen?
C) He sits watching TV by the hour.
D) Can i pay by the month?
E) What lovely dress!
08/Junho/2021:
A) I’ve just do a cake
B) My father and I once made a boat
C) Let’s make a plan
D) He’s enough to make his own bed now
E) I want make a c cookie.

A) I may do
B) He has done
C) I’m doing
D) I done have
E) Do good.

A) That wasn’t a real fun party.
B) I knew she would arrive before long.
C) Shall I open a window?
D) John says he’s going phone this evening.
E) Did you know I’m getting a new job?

A) She’s not known him since September.
D) The President is to visit Beijing in January.
C) He’ll have an accident if he goes on driving like that.
D) I’ll break his neck!
E) I’m really telling him what I think of him.

A) There are several means of transport on the Island.
B) In the 19th century a New mean of communication was developed-the railway
C) By all means get a New coat
D) Can O borrow your sweater?
E) Galileo was by no means at First person to use a telescope.

A) Do you mind to wait a few minutes?
B) Would you mind opening the window?
C) I don't mind you coming in late If you don't wake me up
D) Do you mind the smell of tobaco?
E) I don't mind If you use my car.

A) It seems like it’s going to rain.
B) He sat there smiling like it was his birthday.
C) I’ll remember that day as long as i will live.
D) He talks as if he were rich.
E) As i opened my eyes i heard a strange voice.

A) Smoking is dangerous, as well as making you smell bad.
B) As well as he broke his leg, he hurt his arm.
C) I have to feed the animals as well as look after the children.
D) She sings as well as playing the piano.
E) I asked John to go home.
09/Junho/2021:
A) I'm seeing Janet on Tuesday.
B) We'll buy the tickets. You can buy supper after the show.
C) She'll pay us back when she'll get a job.
D) The hirer shall be responsible for maintenance of the vihicle.
E) I'll have been teaching for twenty years this summer.

A) Lucy's coming for a drink this evening.
B) See those clouds? It will rain.
C) I won't do it. I don't care what you say.
D) There is a new secreatary in the front office as you will have noticed.
E) I shall have spent all my holiday money by the end of the week.

A) I promised to get the tickets, and i will do as soon as possible
B) She rode a camel: She had never done that before
C) I haven’t go time to get the tickets. Who’s going to do it?
D) I rode a camel in Maroco~ I’d love to do that
E) I always eat peas with honey. My wife never does so.
808- When starting sentences with the verb "doubt" which of the words below CANNOT be followed?
A) Weather
B) If
C) That
D) We’ll
E) Dress.

A) He wanted to know when I was leaving
B) I knew how they felt
C) What do I need?
D) He wanted to know when was I leaving
E) We asked where the money was.

A) The driver said whether I wanted the town centre
B) He never says where he’s going
C) I told her what time it was
D) I’m not sure if I’ll see her tomorrow
E) I knew how they felt.

A) In some of the villages they miss eletricity
B) I AM Sorry that lack of time prevents me from giving more details
C) I regret working with tou
D) The child ran away in the morning, but Nobody missed her for hours
E) We had several teeth missing.

A) Do you can swim?
B) He shouldn't be doing that, Should he?
C) She may know his address
D) We,'ve got some plates missing
E) There is a page missing from this book.

A) I hate working at weekends.
B) I’d like telling you something.
C) Would you like to dance?
D) She began playing the guitar when she was six.
E) He started talking about golf, but everybody went out of the room.

A) I’ll have tea instead of coffee, please.
B) Can you work with Sally instead of me today, please?
C) I stayed in bed all day instead of to go to work.
D) Ruth was invited to the reception, but she was ill, so Lou went instead of her.
E) Max and jake were invited, but Max was ill, so jake went without him.
10/Junho/2021:
A) I diden’t recognice him because he was dressed with a dark suit
B) She was dressed in orange pyjamas
C) She had on orange pyjamas
D) She always dressed in green
E) He dresses well.

A) Due to the bad weather, the match was cancelled
B) Owing to the bad weather, the match was cancelled
C) We have had to postpone the meeting, due to the strike
D) We have had to postpone the meeting, owing to the strike
E) His sucess was owing to his mother.

A) The summer term starts on April 10th?
B) The baby will certainly have blue eyes, because both parents here.
C) I promise I don't smoke again.
D) How soon will you know your holiday dates?
E) Are you doing the shopping this afternoon?
A) So when you get to London you go straight to Victoria Station, you meet up.
B) I wonder If she'll recognise me.
C) What time shall we come and see you?
D) It's no using expecting Barry to turn up. He'll forgotten.
E) Will you turn off that music!

A) What a surprise!
B) He ate averything on his plate except the beans.
C) What rude man!
D) What a nice dress!
E) How beautifully you sing!

A) Isn’t the weather nice!
B) What a beautiful weather!
C) What lovely flowers!
D) You’re so kind!
E) Hasn’t she grown!

A) Have you seen Andrew?
B) The train did not stop
C) Do you know where she was going?
D) Suddenly I had a terrible thought
E) I like very much mushrooms.

A) She wouldn’t let me in
B) Let me buy a drink
C) I’ve been let down
D) It is not allowed to smoke in the kitchen
E) Please allow me to buy you a drink.
11/Junho/2021:
A) My father was in hospital during the summer
B) My father was in hospiral for six weeks
C) My father was in hospiral during six weeks
D) In rained during the night for two or three hours

A) We’ll be on holliday during August
B) I woke up in the night
C) The shop’s closed during the whole of August
D) The shop’s closed in the whole of August
E) I met them during my stay in China.
A) I need some razor blades
B) She’s got no friends
C) Ann looks like her mother, but she hasn’t got any blue eyes
D) Is there any water in that can?
E) Dad hasn’t got any hair.

A) Do any books here belong to you?
B) I don’t think any us want to work tomorrow
C) I don’t think any staff want to work tomorrow
D) There was nome left
E) I wasn’t interested in any of the lectures.

A) Are you on duty next weekend?
B) Look out-we're going to crash!
C) Will you get me a newspaper when you're out?
D) When are you going to see Andy?
E) The builders say they shall have finished the roof by Tuesday.

A) You were going to start a new job last time I saw you.
B) She had an old dog who always slept in her bed.
C) I got a letter from Lucy this morning.
D) Don't get him talking about his illnesses.
E) He expects he will be see her tomorrow.

A) I stupidly forgot my keys.
B) She has fortunately decided to help us.
C) I will completely have finished.
D) Do you think the repair has been propely done?
E) The house is partly readly.

A) I certainly do not agree.
B) He does probably not know.
C) I probably will not be there.
D) I probably won’t be there.
E) I do not often have headaches.
14/Junho/2021:
A)This time tomorrow I’ll be lying on the beach.
B)I’ve been going to write to you for ages, but I only just find time.
C)They can have it if anybody wants my tickets.
D)Your memory gets worse as you get old.
E)I can’t get that child to go to bed.

A) The ship’s struck a rock. He’s sinking.
B) You can’t get him out of bed in the morning.
C) Can you make the beds? After you’re got the children dressed.
D) Are you going to stay in this evening?
E) We had no time to shop because we were leaving for Germany in three hours.

A) I enjoy each moment
B) Each new day is different
C) Each new day are different
D) We can each apply for our own membership card
E) They have each been told.

A) Each of us sees the world diferrently
B) Each of them has problem
C) I write to each of my children onde a week
D) She kissed them each on the forehead
E) They cost$3,50 each.

A) I think I'll go shopping tomorrow.
B) In June all the students go looking for jobs.
C) I went swimming to the river.
D) She went shopping at Harrods.
E) Is the butter all gone?

A) Let’s go climbing next weekend.
B) Did you go dance last Saturday?
C) We need some fresh air. Let’s go for a walk.
D) Would you like to come for a drink this evening?
E) I’m going for a shower. Can you answer my phone if it rings?
15/Junho/2021:
A)Good luck with the exam.We’ll be thinking of you.
B)I went to have a look at the room where I was to talk that afternoon.
C)Parliament got opened on Thursday.
D)A spokesperson said that the Minister doesn’t intend to resign.
E)We got our roof blown off in the storm last week.

A) I must get my watch repair.
B) You’ve got five minutes to get dressed.
C) Why does man have more diseases than animals?
D) She was to have taken over my job, but she feel ill.
E) I’m going to be working all day tomorrow, so I won’t have time to shop.

A) The business make less money each year
B) The business make less money every year
C) She had a child holding on to each hand
D) She had a child holding on to every hand
E) You look beautiful every time I see you.

A) Each patient in turn went to see the doctor
B) Each person in turn went to see the doctor
C) Each of them spoke for five minutes
D) They each said what they thought
E) She’s lost nearly every friend she had.
16/Junho/2021:
A) She spends the half her time travel.
B) Half of my friends lives abroad.
C) I live half of a mile from here.
D) Would you like the big half or the small half?
E) I’ve been waiting one and a half hour.

A) I go to work by car and Lucy goes by train.
B) We’ll give it a push if the car won’t start.
C) I got to a meeting in Bristol yesterday.
D) We need some fresh air. Let’s go for a walk.
E) Let’s go climbing next weekend.

A) Anna and I write to each other every week
B) They each listened carefully to what the other said
C) They’ll sit for hours looking into each other eyes
D) They’ll sit for hours looking into one another’s eyes
E) Susan and Peter talk to each other on the phone every day.

A) The north part of the country
B) The north side of the house
C) The south cost
D) The southern countries of britain
E) North carolina.

A) I usually get up at six o’clock
B) I work best in the morning
C) They’re having a party on Christmas Day
D) What did you do at the weekend
E) He wrote the book in a month’s time.

A) A moment later the sun had disappeared below the horizon
B) The whole village is bellow water
C) There’s a mouse underneath the piano
D) I think the cat is under the bed
E) The ship sank slowly beneath the waves.

A) The ball hit him on the head.
B) She’s got a pain in the stomach.
C) She’s lost the her keys.
D) It’s easy to lose one’s temper when one is criticised.
E) An orphan is a child whose parents are dead.

A) My younger brother is a player.
B) There’s something wrong with the cat’s ear.
C) I don’t like Alice’s friends much.
D) A my friend has just invited me to Italy.
E) How’s that brother of yours?
17/Junho/2021:
A)She usually gets there first.
B)Would you like to come for a drink this evening?
C)I’ll give you a ring if I hear anything.
D)He give me a strange look to attract my attention.
E)Did you go dancing last Saturday?

A) It wasn’t easy to get through the crowd.
B) Suddenly she gave a loud scream and fell to the ground.
C) I think I’ll go shopping tomorrow.
D) Our house was built in 1827.
E) I go for a shower. Can you Answer my phone of it rings?

A) A group of north poets
B) A southern accent
C) A group of north poets
D) North carolina
E) The far east.

A) Come on tuesday or thursday. Either day is ok
B) She diden’t get on with either parents
C) She diden’t get on with either parent
D) I don’t like either of them
E) You can use either of the bathrooms.

A) I’ve had my breakfast, and the dog’s had its breakfast too.
B) My work is no business of yours.
C) The teacher told the children to open their book.
D) Katy broke her arm mountain climbing.
E) That policeman is a friend of mine.

A) That coat is mine
B) Wich car is yours?
C) I wish i had a room of my own.
D) She’s a friend of my father.
E) Can i borrow your keys? I can’t find the mine.

A) She didn’t get on either parent
B) You can use either of the bathrooms
C) Come on Tuesday or Thursday. Either day is ok
D) I don’t like either of them
E) I don’t like either of my maths teachers.
856-Mark the new incorrect answer

A) Term finishes on june 23
B) It’s time to end the uncertainty
C) Are you still writing letters?
D) You’ll never finish that hamburger
E) The road finished in a building site.
18/Junho/2021:
A)Can you tell me how to get to the police station?
B)He seemed to be in bad temper, but I didn’t give it a thought.
C)It’s time to get the kids ready for school.
D)Come swimming with us tomorrow.
E)I went swimming to the river.

A)Ask her to phone me if you happen see John.
B)I had scarcely closed my eyes when the phone rang.
C)Have you heard about Peter and Corinne?
D)I realised that I had met him before.
E)Let's have a drink.

A) I don’t speak french or german
B) You can either come with me now or walk home
C) He’s either in London or in New york
D) My elder brother just got married
E) He’s three years elder than me.
860- In which sentence we don't have an ellipse?

A) What time are you coming? -about ten
B) Who said that? -John
C) She’s out this evening? -Yes, she’s working this evening
D) A knife and fork
E) She was poor but honest.

A) What else would you like?
B) I didn’t see any else people
C) You’d better stop hitting my little brother, or else!
D) If you’re not satisfied with the hospitality, go elsewhere
E) You’re wearing somebody else’s coat.

A) The car didn’t want to start, but eventually I got it going
B) I’ll do it If it kills me
C) He left her ten years ago, but even now she still loves him
D) Steve has eventually found a job
E) Do you ever go to Ireland on holiday?
21/Junho/2021:
A) I'm going to have a bath.
B) Let me know if you should happen to need any help.
C) I haven't seen her anywhere.
D) They have three cars.
E) Hardly had closed I my eyes when I began to imagine fantastic shapes.

A) In case I should happen to find a pool open I'll take my swimming things.
B) We no sooner sat down in the train than I felt sick.
C) I had to watch every barbie movie with my little sister.
D) I'd like to have lived in the eighteenth century.
E) What are you doing?
865- Which sentence does not have ellipse?

A) A knife and fork
B) These men and woman
C) She can read, but can’t write
D) In france, german or in spain
E) She was poor but honest.

A) Cats catch mice and dogs
B) I can and will go
C) The food and the drinks are ready
D) Peter planned the holidey and Jane paid for it
E) Kevin likes dancing and Annie likes athletics.

A) I’ll take both.
B) She bought six.
C) I’ll wear my old one.
D) I bought some sweet today.
E) Has the cat had her kittens?
A) You cannot learn a language in six weeks.
B) Do you need coffee cups or tea ones?
C) You should never give people advice.
D) If you want to make people angry, you just have to tell them the truth.
E) You must believe in something.
22/Junho/2021:
A) You better go now.
B) She was hardly inside the hour before the kids started screaming.
C) I'm going to have a bath.
D) Do you have heard the news?
E) I'll have a think and let you know what I decided.

A) Had you a good holiday?
B) He knew what to expect having been There before.
C) We had our car stolen last week.
D) No sooner had she agreed to marry him than she started to have doubts.
E) One day I happened to get talking to a woman on a train, and she turned out to be a cousin of my mother's.

A) I’m coming tomorrow
B) Car’s running badly
C) Be four pounds fifity
D) Nobory at home
E) Have see him.

A) You ready?
B) She want something?
C) He raining?
D) I late?
E) She late?

A) These shoes were especially made for me
B) It was not especially cold
C) We play tennis especially on Sundays
D) We go skiing quite a lot, especially in February
E) He took special trouble over his work.

A) She has broken all her toys. Even she has broken he bike
B) She rude to everybody. She’s even rude to the police
C) He took special trouble over his work
D) He seems nice. Even so, I don’t really trust him
E) He left her ten years ago, but even now she still loves him.
A) Scotland’s climate is getting wrong with the cat’s ear.
B) I didn’t believe the girl’s story.
C) What are Norway’s main exports?
D) The government’s decision was extremely unwise.
E) It’s nice to have a room of one’s.

A) I would prefer to stay at home rather than drive to your mother’s.
B) She prefers to make toys for her children rather than buy them.
C) I prefer riding to walk.
D) It’s nice to talk to you.
E) It’s was good of you to phone.
23/Junho/2021:
A)Look at him eating!
B)I didn't hear the phone because I was listening to the radio.
C)Do you often have to travel on business?
D)The flat doesn't have got a proper bathroom.
E)I'm ready to see Mr.Smith.Have him come in, please.

A) Her father has a flat in Westminster.
B) It's lovely to have children played in the garden again.
C) One day everybody will have to ask permission to buy a car.
D) I can hear somebody coming.
E) I woke up to hear the bedroom door being opened slowly.

A) What king of potatos would you like? -Boiled
B) We haven’t goy any large eggs. Only small
C) The most important thing is keep calm
D) The most important thing is keep calm
E) Poor litlle.
880- Check the option that the ellipse is not by default

A) This helen’s coat, and that coat is mine
B) Our thain’s the second from this plataform
C) You take Pete’s car, and I'll take Susie’s
D) Can I borrow your pen? -No find your own
E) That beer went down fast. - Have another.
24/Junho/2021:
A) Listen to me!
B) I saw Mary crossing the road.
C) I must have my watch repaired.
D) Does the house have a garden?
E) I usually got to be at work at eight.
A) I won't have you telling me what to do.
B) Has your sister got a car?
C) Suddenly I listened to a strange noise.
D) He was never heard to say 'thank you' in his life.
E) When do you have to be back?
883- Which of the alternatives has a different rule from the others?
A) Would you like anything else?
B) I’m sorry. I mistook for somebody else.
C) Where else did you go besides Madrid?
D) Whatever else he may be, he’s not a mathematician
E) Much about else is life.

A) What else would you like?
B) You’re wearing somebody else’s coat
C) I didn’t see any other people
D) I didn't see any else people
E) Let’s go, or else we’ll miss the train.

A) Has your sister got a car?
B) Do you have got a headache?
C) I had flu last week.
D) The flat hasn’t got a proper bathroom.
E) Did you have good teachers when you were at school?

A) I hope she likes the flowers.
B) I hope the bus comes soon.
C) I was hoping you could lend me some money.
D) I had hoped that Jennifer would study medicine, but she didn’t want to.
E) Suddenly i listened to a strange noise.
25/Junho/2021:
A) We don't usually have beer in the house.
B) King Charles had his head cut off.
C) I don't believe you.
D) I heard him went down the stairs.
E) I once heard Brendel play all the Beethoven concerts.

A) We had a great evening at Philip's.
B) I don't hope she wakes up.
C) How tall are you?
D) Did you like that place?
E) Would you like to help wash up?

A) What time does the concert end?
B) Term finish on june 23.
C) She’s always starting new, but she never end anything
D) I decided it was time to end our affair
E) The road ended in a building site.

A) I ended teaching at 3 a.m
B) How do you end a letter to somebody you don’t know?
C) The cerimony ended with a speech from the president
D) The second world war ended in 1945
E) Term end on june 23.

A) Why are you wearing that funny hat?
B) Anne and Eric are a lot of fun
C) The party was funny, wasn’t it?
D) I’ve forgotten my umbrella
E) A funny thing happened.

A) You lied to me when you said you loved me
B) Don’t lie in bed all day
C) Lay the tend down on the grass and I’ll see how to put it up
D) I laid the papers on the table
E) I laid down and closed my eyes

A) You’ve heard about Peter and Corinne?
B) I realised that i had met him before.
C) We’ll have been living here for two years next Sunday.
D) Do you have heard the news?
E) I haven’t seen them.

A)Let’s have a drink.
B)I’m going to have a bath.
C)I’m not having seen her anywhere.
D)I’ll have a think and let you know what i decide.
E)Have a good time.
28/Junho/2021:
A) Did you enjoye the party?
B) Yes, I enjoyed very much
C) I really enjoyed myself wuhen went to Rome
D) Enjoye yourselves
E) I don’t enjoy loking after small children.

A) Is it enougth warm for you?
B) You’re not driving fast enough
C) Have you got enought milk?
D) There aren’t enought glasses
E) I was fool enougth to belive him.

A) Can you help me finding my ring?
B) Don't stay there in the corner by yourself. Come over here and talk to us.
C) The clouds are very high today.
D) I think I'll go home.
E) I hope the bus comes soon.

A) I was hoping you could lend me some money.
B) Is anybody at the home?
C) Alex has got beautiful long legs.
D) Hello, Is Tom there?
E) Thank you so much for helping us to repair the car.

A) Did you like there?
B) The garden’s got very high walls
C) Alex has got beautiful long legs
D) I’m 1m 93 tall
E) How tall are you?

A) I broke it in half
B) What have you got on?
C) We arrived in Athens at midday
D) When she kissed the frog, it changed in a handsome prince
E) Can you translate this into Chinese?
29/Junho/2021:
A) Our main task is to help the company to become profitable.
B) The garden's got very high walls.
C) Here is terrible.
D) There are some horrible new houses in our village.
E) I had hoped that Jenifer would study medicine, but she didn't want to.

A) I hear that Alice is expecting a baby.
B) This place is terrible.
C) I lived there for six years, but I never really felt it was my home.
D) I hope she likes the flowers.
E) There are some beautiful high trees at the end of our garden.

A) We haven’t got big enougth nails
B) I don’t know enough French to ready this
C) I don’t understand enough of the words in the letter
D) We haven’t got enough blue paint
E) We haven’t got enough of blue paint.

A) You didn’t by enough cards
B) You didn’t buy enough of them
C) I’ve had enough of mathematics, I'm going to give it up.
D) She’s had enough of the England, she’s going back home.
E) You didn’t by enough of cards.

A) Wait here for a minute, would you?
B) Come in!
C) Let him wait
D) I’ll open the umbrella in case it rains
E) What have you got on?

A) You’re just beautiful
B) I just love your dress
C) I’ve just had a brilliant idea
D) Its raining again
E) I telephoned Ann just now.
30/Junho/2021:
A) How's the new job?
B) I would tell you if I knew her name.
C) I might have realised what was happening if I hadn't been so tired.
D) I'll give you 100 pounds if it will help you to go on holiday.
E) I'll phone you if I will have time.

A) The way how you organize the work is for you to decide.
B) How much tall are you?
C) How the trees are beautiful.
D) Why do you know?
E) Don't ask me how the journey was.

A) Half a pound of carrots will be enough
B) That’s, enough, thank u
C) Enough is enough
D) The meat is enough
E) You’re not driving fast enough.

A) She’s old enough to do what she wants
B) I haven’t got enough money to buy a car
C) It’s late enough for the staff to stop work
D) There was just for us to see enough light what we were doing
E) The radio’s was small enough for me to put it in my pocket.
01/Julho/2021:
A) Ask John if he's staying tonight.
B) If I were rich, I would spend all my time travelling.
C) If I would know her name, I would tell you.
D) I would have been nice to go to Australia this winter, but there's no way we can do it.
E) I don't know if I'll be ready in time.

A) If you would have asked me, I would have told you.
B) If he'd run a bit faster, he could have won.
C) If you will eat so much, It's not surprising you feel ill.
D) Iron goes red when it gets very hot.
E) We should both be unhappy if I married you.

A) I’m happy because of you
B) I want to get married one day. But before, I want to travel
C) I haven’t been to the theatre for ages
D) Have you ever been to Northern Ireland?
E) Before he did military service, he went to university

A) They’re so fools
B) She’s such a baby
C) She’s so babyish
D) I’m glad you’re feeling so much better
E) Why was there such confusion?
02/Julho/2021:
A) I'll show you your room if you will come this way.
B) You would have passed your exam if you had worked harder.
C) What would you do if you lost your job?
D) I'll give her your love if I will see her.
E) You won't understand this book because you didn't study physics at school.

A) He went to school to Bristol.
B) A moment later the ball was in the goal.
C) She went to university in Oxford.
D) George didn't come in last week because he was ill.
E) Look in the mirror before you drive off.
05/Julho/2021:
A)I'm looking after my sick mother.
B)I was ill three times in the night.
C)Do forgive me!
D)What have you got on?
E)We arrive in Bangkok on Tuesday morning.

A) We'd have to start without him if he should be late.
B) Hadn't we missed the plane, we would all have been killed in the crash.
C) I'll work late Tonight if necessary.
D) Tell bom he owes me a letter if you would run into Peter.
E) If I were to know her name, we could get married.

A) You’d better turn that music down before your dad gets angry
B) I really ought to go and see Fred one if these days
C) Could you help me, If you’ve got time?
D) It’s late, you had better to hurry up
E) I better try again.

A) I heard the bomb exploding
B) I saw the book lying on the table
C) I didn’t hear the phone because I was listening to the radio
D) Can you hear me?
E) Look at him eating!
06/Julho/2021:
A) I stayed here in last night.
B) If only your father were here.
C) You just sit down and relax for a bit.
D) He sat down into the airmchair, and I sat down on the floor.
E) Can you translate this into Chinese?

A) If only somebody would smile!
B) Go and jump in the river.
C) What time do we land at Barcelona?
D) Enjoy your holiday.
E) Remember always what I told you.
07/Julho/2021:
A) We went out in spite of the rain.
B) I was very pleased indeed to hear from you.
C) People telephone the fire brigade in case their houses catch fire.
D) She asked what I wanted.
E) I don't like this party. I want to go home now.

A) I always take an umbrella um case It rains.
B) He is a good company in spite of he said that you speak too loud.
C) We are indeed interested in your office, and would be glad to have prices.
D) I think you're probably right.
E) The exam Will be difficult.

A) I've got a new job. Actually, they've made me sales manager.
B) The actual weight is 108 kilos.
C) What's our actual financial position?
D) Her actual age was 43.
E) He actually still believes in father Christmas.
926- Mark the wrong alternative about the position of the adjective:
A) He came from his place grand.
B) That child is mere.
C) He's going out with a rich businesswoman.
D) I feel unhappy.
E) That dress is new, isn't it?
08/Julho/2021:
A) They are too kind girls to refuse.
B) I couldn't afford that big a car.
C) How good a pianist is he?
D) I have as good a voice as you.
E) She is too polite a person to refuse.

A) An old fat lady.
B) Leather dancing shoes.
C) That silly fat cat.
D) New Italian boots.
E) The second big shock.

A) I wrote down her adress in case I should forget It.
B) We understood him in spite of his accent.
C) He was driving quite fast indeed.
D) Bill said that he didn't like the party.
E) They said that the exam would be difficult.

A) Break glass in case of fire.
B) She passed her exams in spite of her teacher.
C) Thank you very much indeed.
D) She said to me that I have got no money.
E) My english is geeting better.
09/Julho/2021:
A) Let's buy a bottle of wine If Roger comes.
B) In spite of having a headache I enjoyed the film.
C) It's cold!
D) They promised to be there the next day.
E) He said it will be nice if we can meet.

A) The driver said whether I wanted the town centre.
B) He promised to write.
C) We were glad to hear you had enjoyed your trip to Denmark.
D) Do you think she's ready?
E) It's nice to be sitting here with you.

A) That fool is bloody.
B) It's still live.
C) She's three years elder than me.
D) The house is quite small.
E) That madness is sheer.

A) He was tall, dark and handsome.
B) An angry and young man.
C) A cruel and vicious tyrant.
D) It's a social and political problem.
E) The work was nice and easy.
12/Julho/2021:
A)I'm not sure if I'll see her tomorrow.
B)The policemen said me not to park there.
C)He's gone I don't know where.
D)To watch him eating really gets on my nerves.
E)He began to slowly get up off the floor.

A) We asked where the money was.
B) I told Andrew to be careful.
C) This man on TV said that dinosaurs had been around for 250 million years.
D) He came to London to look for work.
E) There's a lot of work to be done.
13/Julho/2021:
A) I don't know whether I can help you.
B) Don't tell me what to do.
C) This is the man who Ann said would tell us about the church.
D) We must to get some more lights bulls.
E) You were silly not to have locked your car.

A) Try to not be late.
B) You have the right to remain silent.
C) He never says where he's going.
D) I suggested trying the main car park.
E) Who's the best player here?
14/Julho/2021:
A) She lets her children staying up very late.
B) I must go now.
C) It’s beginning to rain.
D) I’m pleased to see you.
E) I have no wish to change.

A) You’d better see what she wants.
B) I don’t want to see you again.
C) I enjoy to sail.
D) His theory is impossible to understand.
E) There’s hardly enough room to breathe in here.
15/Julho/2021:
A) The Irish are very proud of their sense of humour.
B) The problems of the poor.
C) This government doesn't care about poor.
D) There are more unemployed than before.
E) She's interested in the supernatural.

A) You don't look happy to see me.
B) The soup is ready to eat.
C) He's a difficult to understand person.
D) I'm pleased to see you here.
E) I'm glad that you were able to come.

A) She didn’t want that I go.
B) They don’t allow that people smoke.
C) I didn’t ask that you pay for the meal.
D) I suggested her to go home.
E) I want you to listen.

A) What a fire-door does is to delay the spread of a fire.
B) She seems to be crying.
C) Is the first time for you to stay here?
D) We were right to start early.
E) The kids want somewhere to practice their music.

A) Life is complicated
B) Ann enjoys life
C) What do you think of the soup?
D) My grandmother had hard life
E) I very much like ice cream

A) She married with a builder
B) You have made me a happy man
C) Lulu and Joe got married last week
D) May I help you?
E) It might rain this afternoon
947- Choose the only alternative which is correct.

A) How do you manage to speak to her with so great patience?
B) those are such a interesting phenomena
C) I’ve never met a so delightful person
D) It was such good milk that we couldn’t stop drinking it
E) he was feeling such delighted he couldn’t stop smiling
948- Mark the correct sentence:

A) this room is not bright enough for studying
B) You’re not working enough carefully
C) This apartment does not have space enough for me
D) We have got enough of bread
E) It’s late enough that we can stop work
16/Julho/2021:
A) She speaks english well.
B) I have never understood her.
C) I get often headaches.
D) Tomorrow I've got a meeting in Cardiff.
E) I phonedAlex this morning.

A) Suddenly the door opened.
B) Stupidly, I forgot my keys.
C) Always I get up early.
D) Maybe I'm right and maybe I'm wrong.
E) Afterwards We sat round and talked.

A) Do you want to have lunch now or wait till later?
B) The car needs to be cleaned.
C) He’s the oldest athlete ever to win an Olympic gold medal.
D) I need a book which to read.
E) I’d like something to stop my toothache.

A) I’ve got work to be done.
B) He wasn’t anywhere to see.
C) These sheets are to wash.
D) The carpets to be cleaned are in the garage.
E) Susan was nowhere to find.
953- Choose the only alternative which is incorrect.

A) Here comes the sun
B) Am I fed up!
C) there she goes
D) I sent to my mother some flowers
E) I got a beautiful handmade dress.
954- Choose the correct option to complete the sentence below

I. She congratulate me__ the grade
II. She got married __ Phil on a farm
III. Many women dream ___ becoming a mother
A) on/to/of
B) for/with/about
C) on /with/about
D) for/to/of
E) on/to/about.

A) What does that strange smile meaning?
B) What’s your opinion?
C) There are several means of transport on the island
D) It can’t be true
E) You might ask before you borrow my car.

A) Nobody spoke
B) Come and sit next to me
C) No doubt the world is getting warmer
D) He’s got no wife
E) None of my friends is interested.
19/Julho/2021:
A) I get very depressed sometimes.
B) At the end of the garden there was a very tall tree.
C) Put the butter at once in the fridge.
D) Let's go to bed early.
E) What did you do afterwards.

A) The house is partly ready.
B) I definitely feel better today.
C) I see her occasionally.
D) He probably does not know.
E) We're only going for two weeks.

A) I wonder who to invite.
B) I’m glad to have left school.
C) I can’t understand why to do it.
D) I’m going to Austria to learn German.
E) To practice regularly is important.

A)Tell us what to do.
B)He was to have been the new ambassador, but he feel ill.
C)I must have gone to university if my parents had had more money.
D)He got up early in order to have time to pack.
E)Selling insurance is a pretty boring job.

A) Bill told me whether I wanted to see a film
B) She said I had been better at math
C) She told she wants to go to that concert
D) he asked where was Alice
E) The driver asked me whether did I want the town center.
962- Choose the correct option to complete the sentence below.

I. She married ____ a foreigner
II. I have always dreamed __ living abroad
III.My wife is suffering __ hepatitis
IV. Excuse me, sir. You haven’t pay ___ your drink.
A) to/ about/by/-
B) to/with/from/-
C) -/of/from/for
D) -/about/by/for
E) to/of/from/for.

A) She went off in opposite direction
B) There’s a bus stop in front of the school
C) We ought to wake Helen, oughtn’t we to?
D) I really ought to phone Mother
E) She opened her eyes and sat up.

A) Nobody though that she was a spy
B) They decided to meet at twelve
C) They called Mr Archer’s name
D) Her mirror was broken
E) She is never listened.
20/Julho/2021:
A) He was madly in love with her.
B) It's terribly cold today.
C) She danced happy into the room.
D) She talks funny.
E) This steak is very badly cooked.
A) She smiled friendly.
B) He gave a silly laugh.
C) Her brother hardly works.
D) He can junp really high.
E) He was just punished for his crime.

A) Who should I pay?
B) She should have arrived by now.
C) I left the door unlocked for Harriet to get in.
D) I sat down for resting.
E) It made him angry to wait for people who were late.

A) How shall I tell her?
B) I would have liked to have seen Harry’s face.
C) I moved to a new flat so as to be near my work.
D) She wants to dance.
E) I like to reading the paper at breakfast.

A) Here is terrible
B) The garden’s got very high walls
C) I’m 1m 93 tall
D) I hope the bus comes soon
E) Look at him eating.

A) If I were rich, I would spend all my time traveling
B) Oil floats if you pour it on water
C) We’ll go home now if you get the car
D) If I were you, I’d get that car serviced
E) I’ll phone you if I will have time.
21/Julho/2021:
A) She's afraid that I might find out.
B) John's an afraid man.
C) I'm afraid I can't help you.
D) I'm not afraid to say what I think.
E) Are you afraid of the dark?

A) After completing this form, give it to the secretary.
B) He wrote his first book after returning from Mongolia.
C) I'll telephone you after I'll arrive.
D) I went to America after I left school.
E) After He did military service, He went to university.
A) It’s important for the meeting start on time.
B) She’s anxious for us to see her work.
C) I need for you to help me.
D) Have you got something for me to do?
E) It’s time for everybody to go to bed.

A) I arrived home to find that the house had been burgled.
B) Can you arrange for the gold being delivered.
C) It’s probable for her to be in a bad temper.
D) It’s likely for her to arrive this evening.
E) Ann will be happy for they to help you.
22/Julho/2021:
A) You’re smoking too much these days.
B) She loves being looked at.
C) I went home not knowing what to do.
D) She’s angry about not having been invited.
E) He suggested to wait.

A) My favorite activity is to read.
B) I hate packing.
C) The opening of Parliament.
D) John’s going to sleep during the wedding was rather embarrassing.
E) Smoking cigarettes is bad for you.
977- Which sentence is incorrect?

A) thank you very much indeed. That is most kind of you
B) We’re walking by far the slowest
C) the more it is dangerous, the more I like it
D) there are fewer people living in the country nowadays
E) Can’t you drive any faster?
978- Mark the incorrect alternative.

A) don’t close you eyes, will you?
B) let’s talk, shall we?
C) I’m late, aren’t I?
D) she is pretty, isn’t she?
E) There’s little we can do about it, isn’t there?

A) I’ve known her for three days
B) I haven’t seen him for months
C) It’s been raining for two weeks
D) I’ll be at home since Tuesday morning
E) I’ll be here from three o’clock onwards.
A) You can have anything I find
B) Oh damn! I forgotten my umbrella at home
C) Sandra is going to have another baby
D) I’ll phone you tonight
E) It will be cold tomorrow.
23/Julho/2021:
A) She phoned few minutes ago.
B) I met her six weeks ago.
C) He died for three years ago.
D) He was Ill for three years before died.
E) I met that woman in Scotland three years ago.

A) I'll take all two shirts.
B) All that matters is to be happy.
C) You're all wet.
D) The people were all singing.
E) Give my love to them all.

A) I enjoy to travel.
B) He’s finished to mend the car.
C) She’s given up to smoke.
D) The doctor suggested me to take a long holiday.
E) I dislike people telling me what to think.

A) I hate the idea to get old.
B) You can’t make an omelette without to break eggs.
C) I’m interested to work in Switzerland.Do you know anybody who could help me?
D) I stayed in bed all day instead of to go to work.
E) A strimmer is a machine for cutting grass and weeds.
985-Choose the alternative which is INCORRECT.

A) I shall always remember meeting you for the first time.
B) Remember to go to the post office, won’t you?
C) please remember putting out the cat before you go to bed.
D)I shall never forget seeing the queen
E) she ’s always forgetting to give me my letters.
986- Mark the correct alternative.

A)I don’t like people which lose their temper easily.
B) You can have everything what you like.
C) She cycled from London to Glasgow, that is pretty good for a woman of 75.
D) I know a wood where you can find wild strawberries.
E)where’s the girl whom seeks the tickets?
26/Julho/2021:
A) The thought to fail never entered his head.
B) The painted the house instead of to go on holiday.
C) He’s talking about moving to the country.
D) The repairs are certain of costing more than you think.
E) She often goes swimming without going to school.

A) I’m tired to listen to this.
B) I look forward to hear from you.
C) I’m beginning learning karate.
D) I still remember buying my first bicycle.
E) I’ll have tea instead coffee, please.

A) I wish I got more letters
B) I wish to see the manager, please
C) Now she wishes she had gone to university
D) All the staff I were leaving so soon
E) I wish tomorrow has been Sunday.

A) If I were a man, they would have given me the job
B) If you had come to class, you would have passed the exam
c) Were I you, I would stay here and rest
D) If I had won the lottery, I would be rich
E) Hadn’t you refuse my invitation, we would have had the most incredible time in our lives.
27/Julho/2021:
A) I was woken by a crying baby.
B) I telephoned the police not knowing what to do.
C) There is to grown anger at the government’s policies.
D) Who’s the girl dancing with your brother?
E) She arrived just when I was leaving.

A) She’s very good to solve problems.
B) We’re still waiting for her arriving.
C) I slowly began understanding how she felt.
D) Ruth was invited to the reception, but she was ill, so Lou went without her.
E) Can you work with Sally instead of me today, please?

A) Every plate was broken.
B) Every child needs love.
C) I like every music.
D) She was here every day.
E) I've written to every friend I have.

A) She's eaten all a loaf.
B) I've drunk all the milk.
C) All of Venice was under water.
D) I've read all of it.
E) Julie spent all the summer at home.

A) I like Betty and Maud, but I think Maud’s the nicer of two
B) Anna is the most intelligent girl of the world
C) Thank you very much indeed. That is most kind of you
D) The more I get old, the happier I am
E) He plays best than his brother.
996- Choose the alternative which is incorrect.

A) Can you describe the drive to me?
B) Please explain this word to me.
C) let me suggest you a good restaurant.
D) I’ll buy you an ice cream.
E) we gave some money to the hospital.
28/Julho/2021:
A) Have arrived your father and mother?
B) I wondered what time was the film starting.
C) Hasn't she got lovely eyes!
D) Not far from here can you see foxes.
E) Hadn't we spent all our money already.

A) Under a tree was lying one of the biggest men I had ever seen.
B) Here Freddy comes.
C) It's raining again.
D) It's time for her to go to bed.
E) I saw him just after lunch.
999- Choose the alternative which is CORRECT.

A) She speaks well English
B) Mr. Jonson on monday called a meeting of the directors
C) I a couple of day ago ordered some need for the garden
D) Never Mary ask her about her marriage
E) Always you make the same mistake.

A) I like people which smile a lot
B) this is a book will interest children of all ages
C) that’s the house in that they lived all their lives
D) He was a man for who everybody had respect
E) He was respected by the people that he worked with.

A) None of my friends lives near me
B) Nowhere is safe
C) No doubt cycling is healthier than driving
D) He doesn’t smoke or drink
E) Don’t tell them anything.

A) Neither of my sister is married
B) I prefer riding to walk
C) The ball hit him on the head
D) Whose bicycle is that?
E) He’s a cousin of the Queen’s.

A) I've nearly finished.
B) There were almost a thousand people there.
C) I've very almost finished.
D) It's nearly ten o'clock.
E) It's almost ten o'clock.

A) He never thinks of others.
B) I think we should paint it another.
C) Would you like some other meat?
D) I'm staying for another few weeks.
E) Would you like some more peas?
29/Julho/2021:
A) On the grass sat an enormous frog.
B) Have you seen my camera? It's disappeared.
C) Every country has It's traditions.
D) I'm getting tired. It's time we went home.
E) She's just as bad-tempered as her father.

A) Directly in front of them stood a great castle.
B) There goes your brother.
C) It's time you washed those trousers.
D) It's time buying a new car.
E) I just had a brillant idea.

A) After it got dark, we came back inside
B) If I had money now I’d buy a car
C) I was hopping we could have dinner together
D) I was thinking about that idea of yours
E) We were walking since sunrise, and we were hungry.

A) Once it had stopped raining, we started the game again
B) As soon as Jane arrived, we sat down to eat
C) I wish you had told me the truth
D) When I arrived at the party, Lucy had already gone home
E) After it got dark, we came back inside.
30/Julho/2021:
A) Along the road came a strange procession.
B) The door opened and out came Angela's boyfriend.
C) What do you mean?
D) Complete set of garden tools for just 15,99.
E) I've realised just now what I need to do.

A) I know to make Spanish omelettes.
B) I was ill the last week,but I’m OK this week.
C) He was known to be a dangerous criminal.
D) I’ve been busy for the three last months.
E) We know each other since 1994.
02/Agosto/2021:
A) He’s from Liverpool, as you can know from his accent.
B) He’s enjoying his last job.
C) We all know Abraham Lincoln.
D) Her last book being published next week.
E) I’ve had a cold for the last week.I feel terrible.

A) She got married on her 18th birthday;six months later she was divorced.
B) Penny’s coming on July 1st, and Colin will arrive about a week later.
C) I’ll see you a few days later.
D) Bye!See you later.
E) But it doesn’t pay as much as his last one.
03/Agosto/2021:
A) Lay the tent down on the grass and I’ll see how to put it up.
B) I earn less money than a postman.
C) I laid the papers on the table.
D) I’ve got less problems than I used to have.
E) I laid down and closed my eyes.

A) You lied to me when you said you loved me.
B) Eat less of food if you want to lose weight.
C) Don’t lie in bed all day.Get up and do some work.
D) Some people go to church, but fewer than 20 years ago.
E) I worry less than I used to.

A) He never listens to advice
B) I wouldn’t advice you to take the car
C) Can I give you a piece of advice?
D) Pacho is always happy to offer advice if you ask him for
E) Sara will advise the city council that the deadline might need to be extended.

A) She can walk twice faster than you
B) He’s much the most imaginative of them all
C) the older I get, the happier I am
D) I’m the happiest man in the world
E) She’s by far the oldest.
04/Agosto/2021:
1017- Which alternative is correct?
A) The ball rolled slowly in the goal
B) Cut the onion into small pieces
C) Can you translate this in English?
D) He sat down into the armchair, and I sat down onto the floor
E) A moment later the ball was into the goal.

A) I’ll get the technician fix my smartphone
B) My mother made me eaten everything
C) I’m going to get my hair cut this afternoon
D) I must get my watch to repair
E) João had his sister done his homework.

A) We usually let the children to stay up late on Saturdays.
B) She didn't let me see what she was doing.
C) After questioning he was allowed to go home.
D) You'd better let the dog out of the car.
E) Those kids let my tyres down.

A) Let's have a drink.
B) Do let us not forget those who came before us.
C) Let there be no doubt in your minds about our intentions.
D) Let the prayers begin.
E) Let me just get my coat and I'll be with you.
05/Agosto/2021:
A) Life is complicated.
B) I think I would enjoy a city life.
C) My grandmother had a hard life.
D) My mother's parents lived interesting lives.
E) Let us pray.

A) I very like ice cream.
B) Would you like dancing?
C) Do you like some more coffee?
D) I like very much you and your sister.
E) I like to do the shopping early on Saturday mornings.
1023- Which is the correct way to complete the sentences below?

I. Peggy was pretty rude __ my family last weekend.
II.many people are interested __ grammar
III.George’s father insisted __ paying
IV.I’d like to see a big increase __ productivity
A) TO/FOR/IN/IN
B) WITH/FOR/TO/IN
C) TO/IN/ON/IN
D) WITH/IN/ON/OF
E) TO/IN/ON/OF.

A) My father and I did a boat
B) Would you do me a favor?
C) Could you do the shopping for me?
D) I like doing nothing
E) Let’s make a plan.
06/Agosto/2021:
A) My sister looks like me.
D) She's good at scientific subjects,as mathematics.
C) We often drink tea with the meal, as they do in China.
D) I must warn you to be careful as your brother.
E) As is well known, more people get colds in wet weather.

A) It's looking as if it's going to rain.
B) The boss looked at me angry.
C) Could you look if Ann's in the kitchen?
D) I'm going to the station at three o'clock to look for Daniel.
E) I looked a real fool when I feel in the river.
09/Agosto/2021:
A) I don't think a Labour victory is likely.
B) I think she'll very likely be late.
C) It's likely that the meeting will go on late.
D) I thought it unlikely that she would come back.
E) Do you think it's likely raining?

A) Have you been waiting long?
B) I waited for a long time, but she didn't arrive.
C) The meeting went on much too long.
D) She didn't speak for long.
E) I hope you'll stay for a longer time.
10/Agosto/2021:
A) The weather is horrible.
B) He seems intelligent.
C) Isabel suddenly appeared in the doorway.
D) It's becoming colder.
E) He fell unconsciously on the floor.

A) Few politicians are really honest.
B) Cactuses need little water.
C) Their hope was little.
D) It's not very interesting.
E) Come on! We haven't got much time!
11/Agosto/2021:
A) I must be loosing weight- my clothes all feel loose.
B) I spent ages looking for her before I found her.
C) What are doing?
D) Look! It's changing colour.
E) The team look to repeat their success.

A) There's not a lot meat left.
B) Lots of patience are need, too.
C) Mr.Lucas has spent a great deal of time in the Far East.
D) They lived plenty of miles from the town.
E) It cost a lot of pounds.
12/Agosto/2021:
A) They were talking so loudly I couldn't hear myself think.
B) She has a very good pronunciation when she reads loudly.
C) What did you say?-Oh, nothing.I was just thinking aloud.
D) The government seems to change its mind a great deal.
E) On holiday we walk and swim a lot.

A) I made her cry.
B) I can't make the washing machine work.
C) I don't speak good French, but I can make myself understood.
D) The rain made wet the grass.
E) You have made me be a happy man.
GABARITO:
1-A
Posição do advérbio. O advérbio de frequência vem normalmente na posição intermediária, entre o Verbo Auxiliar e
o Verbo Principal, quando isso não ocorre ele deve vir antes do verbo e não entre o verbo e seu objeto.
Item 21, pág 16.
2-B
Quando colocamos o advérbio antes de um substantivo conseguimos perceber duas funções:A enfatização e a
precisão.
Item 25,pág 22.
3-B
a) (68.1) não usamos o artigo definido(the) com substantivos no plural ou incontáveis quando queremos generalizar
(the Doctor must like…/ Doctors must like…)
b) (68.2) deve-se usar o the com substantivos no singular e contáveis quando queremos generalizar um substantivo.
c) (65.5) não podemos usar um adjetivo sozinho (sem substantivo) (It’s very hot…)
d) (65.1) não usamos os artigos indefinidos (a/an) com substantivos incontáveis ou no plural (…got money for the
taxi…)
e) (68.1) mesma justificativa da A (Life has been hard…)
4-A
A)(268.5) O imperativo, geralmente, não tem sujeito, porém podemos usar um sujeito quando este funcionar como
um vocativo e (268.2) podemos dar mais ênfase ao imperativo usando o do, PORÉM O AUXILIAR VEM PRIMEIRO QUE
O SUJEITO QUANDO O SUJEITO FOR UM PRONOME PESSOAL (DON´T YOU BE SILLY) (268.5)
B)(268.5) O imperativo, geralmente, não tem sujeito, porém podemos usar um sujeito quando este funcionar como
um vocativo
C)(567) Usa-se o subjuntivo após a expressão “It´s important”. (567.2) o subjuntivo não varia na terceira pessoa do
singular
D)(268.3) existe, na língua inglesa, o imperativo passivo que é usado para dizer às pessoas para organizar as coisas a
serem feitas por elas, usamos: GET+ PAST PARTCIPLE
E)(567.2) usamos subjuntivo após os verbos suggest, recommend, ask, insist, vital, essential, important, advice em
períodos compostos.
5-A
Enquanto down e up acompanham objetos, como: “my leg” e “the road”, tendo função de preposição, as outras não
acompanham, tendo função de adverbio.
Item 20: pág 15.
6-C
Um adverbio não pode vim entre um verbo e um objeto, mas sim depois ou antes deles.
Item 21, pág 16
7-E
Usamos o Able to especialmente na estrutura be able + infinitivo ou Particípio. Por isso o be able to não poderá ser
substituído pelo can/could em virtude do (To help / forma infinitiva do verbo help) mesmo que apresente o mesmo
significado.
Item 3 (Be able to).
8-C
Algum adjetivo vem antes de substantivos. Geralmente são colocados em ordens fixas, palavras que descrevem vem
antes de palavras que classificam (Dizem o tipo de coisa em que estamos falando) e logo após o substantivo.
Nos Item II e III as ordens estão trocadas. A ordem correta será:
II - The latest educational reform; III - A green wine Bottle
Item 15 (Ordem dos adjetivos).
9-D
"About" e "on" são utilizados quando falamos sobre algum assunto. A diferença é: "about" é utilizado para
comunicações mais comuns, enquanto "on" sugere que o assunto é mais sério. Item 4, page 3.
10-B
"Above" e "over", nesse contexto, podem significar = acima de.
Item 6, Page 3
11-B
Deve-se usar “about “ para falar sobre tipos de comunicação comum e mais gerais.
Item 4, page 3.
12-A
O certo seria ACTUAL, pois o sentido que a frase quer dar é de REAL e não de NA VERDADE.
Item 11, page 7.
13-D
Warm=adjetivo.Seguindo a estrutura de posição depois de "as,how,so,too" será adjetivo,e adjetivo antes de (a/an).
Logo "as/how/so/too/this/that + ADJETIVO+ a/an+noun".
Item 14-pag 10
14-A
Usamos somente "above" quando uma coisa não está diretamente sobre a outra.
Item 6.1 - pag 3.
15-D
Usa-se over quando se refere a coisas altas (wall). Usa-se across quando se refere a áreas planas (desert). Usa-se
over para pequenas viagens (visitar a mãe). Usa-se through para movimentos em 3 dimensões (comparar com in/on,
ex: i was in the wood=letra e).
Pag 4, item 9.
16-C
O termo "according to" não pode ser usado para "nossa" opinião (primeira pessoa). Nota-se que na letra B nao se
usa esse termo.
Pag4,item 8.
17-D
A única proibição na utilização do "Whom" é que ele não pode estar precedido de um verbo.
18-A
Pois o "much" só deve ser utilizado para quantificar singulares.
19-D
Forma progressiva
I am being / are you being ... + ajetivo/ substantivo
São usados para falar sobre ações ou comportamentos, porém não é usado para falar sobre sentimentos.
Item 89 pag. 79.
20-E
Normalmente, BE é usando sem o auxiliar DO. Exceção: Modo imperativo negativo como nas alternativas B e C
A correção da alternativa E é a alternativa A.
Item 90 pag. 80.
21-A
Silly” não é um advérbio e sim um adjetivo por isso não pode ser colocado junto ao verbo para modificá-lo. A forma
correta dessa oração seria “He silly laugh”.
>Apêndice: A única forma de utilizarmos o adjetivo como um advérbio é utilizando os na forma de comparativo ou
superlativo, como é mostrado na letra C.
Item 27, pág 24.
22-D
“After all” não significa “finally”, “the end” então não pode ocupar o lugar de nenhum desses em uma frase,
justamente o que ocorre na letra D, a qual o correto seria “finally”.
Item 31,pág 29.
23-B
“Alike” é um adjetivo que expressa “like each other” e por esse motivo não concorda muito bem com a oração que
está posto. A forma correta seria “He’s like his brother”.
Item 34,pág 30.
24-E
A ordem correta seria “here comes”, o objeto não pode vim entre eles.
Item 22, pág 17
25-B
É possível advérbios de tempo ficarem no início de orações. Entretanto o foco do adverbio não será na mensagem,
por isso, ele tem que apresentar-se no final delas.
Item 23, pág 18.
26-E
Um advébio que se encontra na mid-position, não podendo vim antes de um verbo, ou de um auxiliar. Mesmo tendo
dois, ele sempre vem após o primeiro.
Item 24, pág: 19.
27-A
Usamos above quando uma coisa não está diretamente acima de outra.
Page 3-6/2
28-D
Não utilizamos according to para expressar a própria opinião.
Page 4-8.
29-E
Alguns adjetivos são usados antes dos substantivos para intensificar uma ideia.
Page 9-12/2.
30-D
Antes de um infinitivo geralmente usamos "agree", não "accept".
Item 7, Page 4.
31-C
Os adjetivos vêm antes de "a / an" quando são precedidos por as/how/so/too/this/that com sentido de "tão".
Seguindo a estrutura as/how/so/too... + adj+ a/an + noun.
Item 14, Page 10.
32-B
"Altogether" significa: completamente. Enquanto "All together" significa: todos/tudo junto. Já as outras duas
alternativas estão escritas de forma incorreta.
Item 50, Page 39.
33-D
Usually, Normally, often, sometimes, etc, podem ser colocados a frente do sujeito. Porém, always, ever, rarely,
seldom, never não podem ser colocados a frente do sujeito.
Item 22 (Adverb positions - Indefinite positions page 17).
34-E
Ago diz quanto tempo se passou até o ocorrido presente e o For (com passado simples) diz quanto tempo a ação
ocorreu. Para usar o Ago com o before a frase precisa estar no simple present.
Item 33 (Ago - The Difference between ago and for / Ago and Before page 34).
35-A
Nós normalmente não usamos o all com um substantivo com sentido de “ everybody /everyone."
No item d) a Frase correta seria “ She lost everything”.
Item 38 (All, everybody/everyone and everything - all and everything) nos itens b), c) e e).
36-B
Errada, pois o between que é usado para “entre duas pessoas/ objetos e etc”.
Item 105, page 88.
37-D
Alternativa D está certa porque é única que está usando o CAN corretamente sem S (no caso da letra A), sem Do (no
caso da letra B), sem didn’t (no caso da letra C) e sem pronome na frente ( no caso da letra E).
Item 121, page 96.
38-A
Para adjetivos pequenas usa-se o sufixo “er” + than.
Item 135, page 110
39-A
Alguns casos os adjetivos vêm depois de nomes e pronomes.
Pág 9, item 13(1 e 2).
40-C
Afraid é o único adjetivo não pode ser usado antes de nomes.
Pág.27-item 28.
41-D
Em afirmativas o sujeito vem antes do verbo.
Item 509 pag 496.
42-E
Estrutura de interrogativa inverte sujeito com auxiliar.
Item 509 pag 496.
43-A
Em frase negativa segue a estrutura Auxiliar + not.
Item 509 pag 496.
44-A
a) / b) (15.2/15.3) a ordem dos adjetivos é seguida por: 1opinião, 2 tamanhos ou peso, 3 idades, 4 formatos, 5 cores,
6 origens, 7 materiais, 8 propósitos — substantivo;
c) (409.2). Adjetivo com ed descreve um estado da pessoa em determinado momento. Adjetivo com ing indica o
estado como algo ou alguém é (…was very interested…, pois é a lição que me deixa interessado e não o contrário);
d) (…very confused, pois ele está confuso com a explicação, momentaneamente);
E) (… really boring, pois é uma característica dele).
45-C
(176) Elder e eldest podem apenas substituir older e oldest para falar de ordem de nascimento de membros da
família;
(201) farther, farthest / further, furthest podem ser usados para indicar distância física, mas apenas further e furtest
podem expressar aprofundamento.
46-E
A)não podemos colocar determinantes do grupo A juntos (154.2)
B)(154.2)mesma justificativa de A
C)(154.4)
D)(154.4)não podemos usar um determinante do grupo b com of junto ao substantivo
E)(154.4) (exceção da d)podemos usar determinante B + OF + SUBSTANTIVOS PRÓPRIOS.
47-C
Mesmo não sendo comum utilizar "all+noun" como sujeito de um verbo negativo,está correto.Porém, é mais
utilizado "not all+noun+affirmative verb".
Item 36,pág 31.
48-B
Let é o vocábulo menos formal de “allow, permit e let” e é seguido de objeto+infinitivo sem to. Mas let não é
utilizado na voz passiva como na letra B.
Item 42, pág 35.
49-D
An adverb cannot normally come between a verb and its object.
Item 509 pag 496
50-E
We do not usually put adverbs between a verb and its object.
Item 21 pag 16.
51-A
Após o verbo tem que vim um adverbio, não adjetivo, porque é algo que foi feito ou aconteceu, não uma
característica do sujeito.
Item 26, pág 23.
52-C
Apenas essa alternativa tem todas as palavras como advérbios.
Item 27, pág 24.
53-D
Só se utiliza o "more of" antes de determinantes (ex: the, My, this) e pronomes.
Ítem 355, pag 330, tópico 2.
54-E
O must só deve ser usado para deduzir ou concluir algo que já é quase uma certeza. O certo na alternativa E é "can't"
Ítem 359, pág 334, tópico 1.
55-D
O "old" vem antes do substantivo.
Item 12, pag 8.
56-C
Alguns adjetivos que começam com "a-", e poucos outros, são usados principalmente após verbos de ligação,
especialmente "be". Então o correto seria: "he was afraid".
Item 12, Page 9.
57-C
A) (524.1) o plural de wife é wives
B) (523.2) Substantivos terminados em -sh, -ch, -s, -x ou -z têm o plural terminado por -es (fox-foxes)
C) (524.7) the police, significando corporação, é usado para falar de coletividade e, portanto, neste caso, é uma
palavra que está no plural
D) (524.3) Data é o plural de datum que significa dados de informações. O Plural correto é dice que é plural de die
que se refere a dados que usamos em jogos
E) (532.1) baggage é um substantivo incontável, logo não varia no plural (my baggage has…)
58-E
A) (64.6) não usamos o artigo definido the antes de nomes próprios
B) (65.3.c) usamos os artigos indefinidos a/an quando classificamos ou definimos coisas ou pessoas
C) (65.7) usamos an diante de substantivos iniciados com som de vogal. University inicia com som de consoante, logo
a university
D) (66.1) não usamos a/an diante de substantivos no plural
E) (70.17) não usamos the diante de lugares, exceto lugares com nomes comuns como repulic, united, union, states,
etc
59-D
Após as, how, so, too, and this/that com sentido de so, adjetivos vão antes do a/an.
Estrutura: As/so/too/this/that + adjective + noun.
Item 14 (adjectives: Positions after as, how, so, to. Page 10)
60-B
O adjetivo alike tem o mesmo sentido de “like each other”, Alike não é usado antes de substantivos.
No item d) similar-looking já tem sentido de alike por isso não tem necessidade de repetir o alike.
Item 34 (Alike Page 30)
61-A
Não se deve usar “the” com substantivos incontáveis ou no plural.
Item 63, page 53
62-C
O artigo “a” é usado para substantivos contáveis.
Item 65, page 55
63-B
Justificativa: A forma e pronúncia do artigo depende da primeira letra da abreviação. U = "you", portanto: A US
diplomat.
Item 2, pag. 2.
64-D
Correto: I might be able to...
Justificativa: Be able é usado em casos (ex: futuro, presente perfeito) onde Can/Could não é gramaticalmente
possível, porque não tem infinitivo ou particípio.
Item 3, pag. 2/3.
65-B
Não começa oração com Always/ never, porém em oração imperativa essa estrutura é aceita.
Item 22 pag 17.
66-C
Most often, adverbs of manner, place and time go in that order.
Item 23 pag 19.
67-B
Quando temos substantivos incontáveis na oração, a preferência é utilizar “All(of)” e não whole, pois apesar de
ideias parecidas,os significados e utilizações são diferentes em alguns casos,como ocorre na B.
Item 40, pág 34.
68-A
”Every” não é utilizado com certos determinantes (artigos, pronomes possessivos e demonstrativos) por isso é
correto substituir por “All” o que não ocorreu na letra A.
Item 39, pág 33.
69-E
Advérbios de lugar, tempo e modo geralmente aparecem no final do período. A forma correta seria, Let’s go to bed
early.
Page 19-23/4.
70-C
Usamos after junto com o presente com a intenção de falar sobre o futuro.
Page 28-30/2.
71-E
Fear é o informal de afraid.
Item 28, pág 27.
72-B
O after como adverbio não é usado sozinho.
Item 29, pág 28.
73-B
Justificativa: Nesse caso seria usado o above, pois a casa não está acima do lago e sim próxima.
Item 6.2, pag 3.
74-C
Justificativa: across não pode ser usado para algo maior que você como uma parede ou uma montanha.
Item 9.2, page 5.
75-E
Pois para falar sobre uma quantidade limitada de algo, podemos usar uma palavra para uma peça ou unidade, junto
com de, antes de um substantivo incontável. Como na alternativa ''E'' eu tenho uma unidade de chocolate, o correto
seria usar a bar of para ser mais genérica e sugerir uma quantidade pequena.
Pág. 439, ítem 430, tópico 1.
76-D
Pois expressões contendo palavras como altura, peso, comprimento, tamanho, forma, idade, cor são geralmente
conectadas ao sujeito da oração pelo verbo ser, sem uma preposição.
Pág. 465, ítem 451, tópico 8.
77-E
AT é usado para falar sobre a posição em um ponto o que acontece na letra E.
Item 81, page 72.
78-A
Na letra A, no lugar de HIGH deve-se usar TALL, pois se refere a pessoa.
Item 246, page 224.
79-B
(62/ 64.1.a) nós usamos os artigos indefinidos a/an para se referir a algo não específico (neste caso, boy e girl na
primeira aparição não são específicos). Usamos o artigo definido the pra algo específico. Neste caso, boy e girl são
específicos na segunda aparição, pois já foram mencionados antes.
(65.7) uso de a/an: usamos an diante de palavras iniciadas com som de vogal e usamos a diante de palavras iniciadas
com som de consoante.
80-D
(421.1) Usa-se o simple past para indicar ações ou acontecimentos que ocorreram no passado, num tempo definido;
Eliminamos A, E.
(316) TO LAY = por, colocar (past; laid, pp: laid) * É SEMPRE SEGUIDO DE OBJ. DIRETO
TO LIE (REGULAR) = MENTIR
TO LIE (IRREGULAR) (past: lay, pp: lain) = DEITAR, RESIDIR, ESTAR EM.
LOGO, O MELHOR NO CONTEXTO DERIA O VERBO TO LAY. O obj. Direto (the papers) ajuda a concluir que laid deve
ser usado.
81-E
O some é um determinante. Normalmente sugere uma quantidade ou número indefinidos e é usado quando não é
importante dizer exatamente a quantidade pensada. Além disso, é comumente usado em frases afirmativas ou
perguntas com resposta assertiva.
No item e) um uso do some nessa frase tem sentido dos artigos indefinidos a/an por isso não se faz uso do artigo
juntamente com o some.
Item 546 (some and any).
82-A
Uso no singular - Quando as palavras são sujeitas elas são usadas no singular. Forma correta
b) Is everything ready? Everything = Sujeito.
d) Everybody LikeS her. Everybody = sujeito (uso no singular do verbo like na terceira pessoa he/she/it)
O some comumente é usado em frases afirmativas ou perguntas com resposta assertiva. Forma correta:
c) There’s somebody on the door
No item e) a justificativa se dá pelo uso incorreto do some visto que o mesmo é substituído pelo Any em casos de a
resposta não ser afirmativa além disso, é mais usado nas frases negativas.
Item 548 (Somebody, Someone, Anybody, Anyone, etc).
83-A
Alguns adjetivos podem ser usados como substantivos, isso é comum com adjetivos que terminam em -able/-ible.
Item 13, Page 9.
84-B
Antes de substantivo "present" refere-se ao tempo.
Item 13, Page 10.
85-E
The structure “All + relative clauses” has a negative meaning, expressing ideas as “the only thing”, “nothing more”
which occurs in the letter E.
Item 38, page 33.
86-C
When we want to give the idea of "similar, but not exactly the same" or make statements without much definition,
we use 'almost'. For' nearly 'is not used for this purpose.
Item 43, page 35.
87-C
Na maioria das orações subordinadas, nos referimos ao futuro usando o presente ao invés da estrutura shall/will +
infinitivo.
Page 187-item 211.
88-A
Para ações que não estão sob nosso controle, utilizamos going to + infinitivo ao invés do present progressive.
Page 190-item 214/2.
89-D
Estrutura correta correspondente a “Age”, é: be+ number+ years old.
Item 32, pág 29.
90-E
A expressão “ago”, geralmente é situada no passado, como o past perfect, não no presente, como retrata a
alternativa E.
Item 33, pág 29.
91-A
Não se utiliza o a/an com substantivos plurais ou incontáveis.
Pág: 84/85; ítem: 62; tópico 2.
92-A
Não se pode utilizar o "the" com generalizações.
Pág 85; ítem: 62; tópico 2.
93-C
As alternativas "A e B" estão incorretas pois não se pode utilizar o "the" com subtantivos incontáveis ou plurais. A
alternativa"D e E" estão incorretas pois não se utiliza artigo junto com "my, this, e outros determinantes".
94-A
Adjetivos geralmente vem após substantivos de medição.
Item 13, Page 10.
95-D
Com: something, everything, anything, nothing, somebody, anywhere, somewhere e palavras semelhantes... O
adjetivo é sempre colocado depois.
Item 13, Page 10
96-B
Devemos usar HERE para lugares onde a pessoa que fala estar.
Item 245, page 224.
97-D
A letra D está errada, pois não devemos usar KNOW seguido diretamente de infinitivo.
Item 313, page 297.
98-D
All of, só pode vim antes de um substantivo caso tenha algum artigo, preposição ou pronome (substantivo ou
objetivo) junto dele.
Item 36, pág 31.
99-D
A estrutara correta seria: All+ relative clause.
Item 38, pág 33.
100-D
A correta transformação do adjetivo para o advérbio de ''real'' é ''really''.
Pág. 581; ítem 557; tópicos do 1 ao 4.
101-D
O correto seria ''such a decision'' pois o ''such'' vem antes de a/an.
Pág. 592; item 568; tópico 1.
102-D
A) (463.6) nós usamos os tempos perfeitos, não o tempo presente, para dizer o quanto dura uma ação ou situação
presente ( i have known her since …)
B) (462) o verbo no simple present na terceira pessoa do singular deve ser formada com o acréscimo de -s (it always
rains..)
C) (463.2) não se usa o simple present para falar de situações temporárias ou ações que estão acontecendo apenas
ao redor do presente (it’s snowing …)
D) (463.3) os verbos que não possuem a forma progressiva podem ser usados o simple present na situação descrita
do item 463.2
E) (463.4) nós não podemos usar o simple present para falar sobre o futuro (we are going…/we will go…)
103-A
A) (464.7) alguns verbos não possuem a forma progressiva. Como; to like, to believe, to contain. (The tank contains
…)
B) (463.4) Simple present é usado para eventos futuro com cronograma
C) (464.3) o present progressive pode ser usado para se referir a ações ou eventos, se estes estão acontecendo ao
redor do present
D) (463.5) usamos o simple present para descreve uma série de ações e eventos
E)o simple present é usado também em sugestões com ´why don´t you …`
104-D
Be is also used to talk about age, height, length, weight, size, shape and colour.
Item 92 pag 81.
105-A
Be heavy is not usually used in measuring expressions.
Item 92 pag 81.
106-B
Quando vários adjetivos vêm antes de um substantivo (ou quando substantivos são usados como adjetivos antes de
outro substantivo) eles seguem uma ordem fixa, e uma delas é: palavras que descrevem vem antes das que
classificam. O correto seria: " an old political idea".
Item 15, Page 11.
107-E
Palavras que expressam opiniões, atitudes e julgamentos vem antes de palavras descritivas. O correto seria: "A
lovely cool drink".
Item 15, Page 11.
108-D
Item 389(Numbers - Before nouns) quando falamos de numerais fracionários usamos o of antes de
substantivos.Portanto, No item I o correto seria
I - Three quarters of an hour.
109-C
Nowadays é um advérbio com sentido de “These days” ou “At the present time” não pode ser usado como adjetivo.
Item 388 (Nowadays…).
110-A
Para utilizarmos a ideia de sozinho é preferível a utilização de ‘lonely, lonesome’ já que alone não é utilizado com
substantivos.
Item 44, pág 36.
111-B
’As well, too’ não podem ser utilizados em inícios de orações já que não dam a ênfase necessária na oração.
Item 46, pág 37.
112-A
Na posição atributiva (antes do substantivo), AND é menos comum.
Item 2, page 12.
113-C
Advérbios de maneira dizem como algo acontece ou é feito. Usamos advérbios, não adjetivo, para modificar verbos.
Item 26, page 23.
114-C
Usamos above, quando uma coisa não está diretamente sobre outra.
Item 6, pag 3.
115-C
Preferimos over para dizer 'no/para o outro lado de algo alto'.
Item 9, pag 4.
116-B
The order of the nouns interspersed by the “e” is wrong, as in English there are some pairs that follow a proper order
that cannot be changed.
Item 52, page 44.
117-B
When 'other' is followed by a noun, whether countless or countable, it does not have a plural form, which occurs in
the letter B.
Item 54, page 45.
118-B
All é usado para plurais, e every singulares.
Item 39, pág 33.
119-C-I-I-C-C
Estruturas: All + determiner+ nouns
Determiner+ whole+ nouns
Item 40, pág 34.
120-A
Advérbios de modo, tempo e lugar geralmente são posicionados no final do período.
Page 19-23/4.
121-C
Allow, let e permit possuem o mesmo sentido, mas apenas permit pode ser utilizado na passiva com o it.
Page 35-42/1.
122-C
Como estamos falando da contrução da voz passiva que é feita colocando-se o verbo be + particípio passado, a
alternativa encontra-se em erro pois ela não se estrutura com o verbo no particípio passado. O correto seria: Will be
helped.
Pág 24; "passive" obs: está sem numeração.
123-C
Pois nós geralmente utilizamos o ''over'' e não ''above'' para falar sobre idades e velocidades e para indicar ''mais do
que = more than''.
Pág 35; tópico 5.
124-A
Justificativa: Alguns adjetivos começados por a são usados depois do verbo e não antes do substantivo.
Item 12.3, page 9.
125-B
Justificativa: O adjetivo com complemento normalmente vem depois do substantivo.
Item 13.5, page 10.
126-D
Advérbios podem ter posições centrais. Normalmente vão antes de parte do verbo, antes de verbos auxiliares e do
verbo to be (flexionado ou não).
Item 24 (Adverb - Mid-position page 19).
127-E
Advérbios de completude normalmente seguem todos os verbos auxiliares. A frase correta seria:
I will have completely finished by next June.
Item 24 (Adverb - Adverbs of completeness page 20).
128-A
(27.2) o advérbio hard significa arduamente ou energicamente). Já o advérbio hardly significa quase não.
129-C
(55.7.4) advérbios que são derivados de adjetivos que terminam com -ic recebem -ally
Ex: tragic-tragically
Porém, há uma exceção
Public-publicly.
130- D
A ordem das palavras descritivas, antes do substantivo, em uma frase é: tamanho》idade》forma》
cor》origem》material • o correto seria: " A small round black leather handbag".
Item 15, Page 11.
131-C
• os números geralmente antecedem os adjetivos (é o caso das duas primeiras alternativas). Com exceção dos
adjetivos "first", " last" e "next" que geralmente são posicionados antes de one, two, three etc.
Item 15, Page 11
132-B
Alguns adjetivos começados com a- e alguns outros, são usados principalmente depois de verbos de ligação,
especialmente “be”.
Item 12, pag. 9.
133-A
Palavras que descrevem, vem antes de palavras que classificam.
Item 15, pag. 11.
134-A
Com substantivos incontáveis e plurais, normalmente usamos mais, e não outros, com este significado.
Item 54, page 45.
135- C
Antes de um determinante (artigo definido, demostrativo ou palavra possessiva) ou um pronome, usamos ANY OF.
Item 55.7,page 48.
136- E
'Any 'is a determinant which is generally used to suggest an indefinite quantity. From a grammatical point of view, it
is used in negative sentences or in questions or when the idea that the phrase expresses is of doubt.
Item 55, page 46.
137-A
Despite Any / Every being used to express the same idea, there is a difference between them. Any-for when you
need to choose, meaning you have options.Every-When you don't have to choose, that is, it has a general idea. In
the case of the letter A, the correct thing would be to use 'every'.
Item 56, page 48.
138-C
A estrutura na voz passiva com “IT”, só pode ser usado o “permit”.
Item 42, pág 35
139- D
Não se usa “almost” quando apresentar as palavras verry/pretty.
Item 43, pág 35.
140-A
Quando o motivo está na parte mais importante da frase, a cláusula BECAUSE geralmente vem no final. ele também
pode ficar sozinho.
Item 72, page 67.
141-C
Substantivos perdem seus artigos após possessivos `s.
Item 70.3, page 62.
142-C
Utiliza-se "over" para expressar on/do outro lado de algo alto
Pág 37, tópico 2.
143- C
Alguns adjetivos são usados único e exclusivamente antes de substantivos e "mere" é um destes!!!
Pág 40 e 41; tópico 2.
144-C
A preposição Along é usada com substantivos que se referem a objetos com formato alongado e estreito (road, river,
corridor, line). Para falar de períodos ou atividades é preferível usar o Through.
A letra c) fala sobre atividade (journey), por isso o correto seria:
All Through the journey.
Item 36 (45 - Along).
145- A
But and However podem ter o mesmo significado, mas não o mesmo uso gramatical na Frase, But é uma conjunção,
usada para ligar duas orações por isso precisa vir no início da segunda oração (Subordinada), enquanto que o
However é um advérbio e não tem o papel de conectar gramaticalmente duas orações, por isso ele pode aparecer no
início, meio ou final da frase.
Item 49 (Although, though, but and However).
146- C
Quando adjetivos vem depois de "be", "seem" e verbos semelhantes, colocamos "and" antes do último adjetivo.
Item 16, Page 12.
147-B
Pleasantly significa "agradavelmente" e tem o mesmo sentido da expressão "Nice and" quando usada antes de um
adjetivo ou advérbio.
Item 16, Page 13.
148-D
A) (139.7) após superlativos, não usamos of com uma palavra no plural referindo-se a um lugar ou a um grupo (…the
largest country in South America)
B)(70.12) the não é usado junto a nomes acompanhados de seus títulos. Quando está só o título, o the é usado
(…with president Kennedy)
C) (70.11)quando falamos de teatro, rádio e cinema como forma de entretenimento, o the é usado (…listen to the
radio...)
D)(70,11)quando falamos de teatro, radio e cinema como forma de arte ou profissão, nós usamos o the
E) (70.17) não se usa o artigo definido antes de lagos!
149-E
(15) ordem dos adjetivos
1-adj. De opinião, 2-adjetivos de descrição (1-adj. De dize-tamanho ou peso-, 2- adj. de idade, 3-adj. de formato, 4-
adj. de cor, 5- adj de origem, 6 adj de material, 7 adj de propósito) + substantivo.
150-E
Substantivos abstratos também podem receber o artigo “a”. Have a good time.
Page 130-148/6.
151-C
Usamos fetch ao invés de look se sabemos onde as pessoas ou as coisas estão.
Page 312-331/4.
152-C
Always, ever, rarely, seldom e never não podem ir na posição da frente.
Item 22, pag 17.
153-C
Pronome de sujeitos vêm diretamente após here e there.
Item 22, pag 18.
154-C
Em expressões que indicam período, geralmente usa-se “Through”, não “Along”.
Item 45, pág 36 e 37.
155-D
“As well” apenas é usado no final das orações, ocupando a end-position.
Item 46, pág 37.
156-B
Any and no are used as adverbs to modify comparative degrees. This occurs most often in questions, negative
sentences and after 'if'. Just the word' some 'does not perform this function, no being able to use it to express that
idea.
Item 57, page 49.
157-B
(A) rise are used to express beginning, occur, but this only happens when the verbs are in their correct form. In letter
B, the expressed tense is Present Perfect, have / has + participle, and since (a) rise is an irregular verb, the correct
participle to be used is '(a) risen'.
Item 59, page 50.
158-C
We use do when we talk about work and jobs.
Item 160 pag 147.
159-A
We often use make to talk about constructing, building, creating, etc.
Item 160 pag 148.
160-C
(449) regência dos verbos
Laugh at (rir de)
Congratulate/ congratulations on (something) (parabenizar por algo)
Depend/ dependent on (depender de)
Shocked at (chocado com)
Divide into (dividir em)
161- A
(449) regência de verbos
Laugh at= rir de
Laugh with = rir com
Shout at = gritar com (agressivamente)
Shout to= gritar para
162- C
Deveremos usar o eastern, northern, etc quando falamos sobre lugar vago, indefinido ou grandes áreas
Pág 186, tópico 172.
163-C
Nós podemos colocar o ''both'' depois de pronomes usados como objeto exceto em respostas pequenas e em
complementos (depois de ser). O correto na alternativa C é ''It was both of them
Pág. 123, tópico 4.
164- E
Geralmente não podemos deixar de usar um substantivo após um adjetivo. Porém, uma das exceções é: The +
adjetivo sendo usado para falar sobre certos grupos bem conhecidos de pessoas que estão em uma determinada
condição física ou social.
•The blind = o cego
Item 17, Page 13.
165-B
O adjetivo "interested" deve ser seguido por preposition + noun/ -ing.
Item 19, Page 15.
166-A
Na letra A deveria ficar “ don’t ask me for money”, pois ASK com FOR que deve ser usado quando se pede para
alguém dar algo.
Item 79, page 70.
167- B
Usa-se AT para posição.
168-C
Não é utilizado that após Once.
Page 369-item 394.
169-D
Podemos tirar “one” imediatamente após which, this, that, another, either, neither e superlatives. Mas não
podemos retirar quando estão amarrados com algum adjetivo.
170-C
Despite (a) round and about being used with similar ideas in 3 of its 4 usage topics. About cannot be used in prayers
that express movement around something or positioning in some trajectory circular, the correct one would be (a)
round.
Item 60, page 50.
171-E
It is possible to use the article with a countable noun, giving the idea of an indefinite noun, which would be
something or someone not known by the reader or the writer.
Item 62, page 52.
172-B
Negativo+ negativo = neither.
Item 47, pág 38.
173-C-C-C-C-C
Tougether, acaba tendo o sentido de completamente, considerando todo mundo.
All tougether, tem o sentido de todo mundo junto, tipo everybody.
Item 50, pág 39.
174-D
Os artigos são frequentemente eliminados em expressões duplas, particularmente com preposições!
Pág 64; tópico 2.
175- E
Tira-se o "the": depois de "Both"; entre "all" e um número; depois de expressões como "all week, all year, wall
summer, etc" e quando um subtantivo modifica outro substantivo, o artigo do primeiro subtantivo é retirado.
Pág 95; tópicos 4 & 5.
176-D
However, the simple present is used for this 'around the present' meaning with verbs that do not have progressive
forms (see 471).
Item 463 pag 450.
177-B
We use a perfect tense, not a present tense, to say how long a present action or situation has been going on.
Item 463 pag 451.
178- A
Nós usamos ON para falar sobre viajar usando transporte público.
Item 81.4, page73.
179-C
A letra C está errada, pois é o COULD que é usado para falar sobre a chances de algo acontecer.
Page 97.
180-E
Quando after assume a função de conjunção ele segue a estrutura: “After +...ing “. O correto seria: “I arrived after
coming on foot”.
Item 30, page 28.
181-C
“Alike” não é usado antes de substantivo.
Item 34, page 30.
182-I-C-I-C-I
As frases acimas são exceções do uso do “and”, onde a ordem das frases não pode ser alterada. Contudo, Butter and
bread, Kness and hands, White and black, tiveram a ordem alterada.
Item 52, pág 44.
183- A
Não se usa o “and” quando o verbo try estiver no passado.
Item 52, pág 45.
184-E
Várias palavras terminadas em -ly são adjetivos, e não, comunmente, advérbios.
Pág. 56; tópico 1.
185- D
Adverbs of manner (forma) dizem como alguma coisa acontece ou é feita. A maioria destes advérbios são colocados
no final, mas advérbios terminados em -ly podem ir no meio se, e somente se, o advérbio não for o foco principal da
mensagem! O erro da alternativa está no fato de que o advérbio "certainly" é o foco principal da mensagem,
portanto, ele não deve ir ao meio da oração/frase.
Pág 53; tópico 7.
186- B
Os advérbios: very, extremely, terribly, just (significando “a short time” ou “exactly”) e really vão diretamente antes
das palavras que eles enfatizam. O correto seria: Everybody was extremely annoyed with julian.
Item 25, page 22.
187-C
Na estrutura be+ ... age não se usa preposição.
Item 32, page 29.
188-D
No definite article is used together with the plural of countable nouns as long as the noun does not express a specific
relationship.
Item 63, page 53.
189-C
Do not use the item defined before possessive or relative to possession, which occurs in the letter C.
Item 64, page 53.
190-E
Geralmente é usado “more” com substantivos no plural e incontáveis.
Item 54, pág 46.
191- D
Any está sendo apresentado em uma oração negativa, no qual seria uma das formas corretas.
Item 55, pág 47.
192-C
Advérbios de maneira, lugar e tempo geralmente vão na posição final.
Item 23, ag 18.
193-C
Advérbios de meia posição(mid-position adverbs) geralmente vão antes de: verbos de uma parte, verbos auxiliares, e
depois de am/are/is/was/were.
Item 24, pag 19.
194- A
Usa-se o "get" para expressar dificuldade na chegada em algum lugar.
Pág 233; tópico 225.
195-A
"GO" é para falar sobre um movimento completo; "GET" usa-se quando se fala sobre o final de um movimento - a
chegada!
196-D
Na maioria das vezes falamos sobre a idade das pessoas com “be + number “.
Item 32, page 29.
197-C
Antes de substantivos próprios é mais comum o uso de “all” . O correto seria: "All of London knew about her affairs".
Item 36 (tópico 4), page 32.
198-B
While é usado para dizer que duas ações ou situações longas acontecem ao mesmo tempo.
Pag 68- item 2.
199-E
At é usado para indicar locais específicos e In é usado para posição dentro de grandes áreas(cidades,países etc).
Pag 72; item 81/2.
200-A
No lugar de BIG deve-se usar GREAT, pois GREAT que é usado com substantivos concretos.
Item 106, page 89.
201-D
Não se deve usar THE antes de BOTH.
Item 110, page 90.
202- D
Begin and start - cases where begin is not possible) Usamos o Start para máquinas.
E.g: The car won’t start. Implícito: (‘start working”).
Item 99.
203-B
Below, under, underneath, beneath - covered: under - Measurements: Below Usamos o under quando algo está
coberto ou escondido por ou sobre alguém ou quando as coisas estão em contato, enquanto que o Below é usado
para medir temperatura, altura e outros casos onde se tem uma escala vertical.
Item 100
204-B
You can win a game, a race, a battle etc. You can beat a person that you are playing/arguing/fighting etc against.
Page 82-93.
205-D
Before como advérbio de tempo (=first) vem acompanhado com that, ficando “...before that...”.
Page 83-96.
206-E
We can use a / an when we talk about ‘a member of the group’ similar to the idea of a superlative ‘that one of all’.
Item 65, page 56.
207-C
’A / An are never used in relation to ‘weather’ and‘ English ’.
Item 66, page 57.
208-C
Não pode vim advérbio junto a palavra “Appear”.
Item 58, pág 49.
209-C
A- (Substantivo abstrato usa-se Arise)
B- (Quando algo tende a subir, ficar mais alto, se usa Rise.)
C-(sujeito abstrato usa-se Arise)
D-(Algo vai aparecer, o sol, então e usa Arise)
E-(Quando algo tende a subir, ficar mais alto, se usa Rise)
Item 59, pág 50.
210-C
Advérbios de completude geralmente seguem todos os verbos auxiliares.
Item 24, pag 20.
211-C
Quando advérbios vêm antes de not, eles podem também vir antes do primeiro verbo auxiliar; Eles sempre vêm
antes do “do”.
Item 24, pag 21.
212-D
Esta estrutura (Go/Come for a.…) é utilizada com substantivos de ação.
213-D
"had better" não deve ser utilizado em pedidos educados e sim em conselhos fortes.
214-D
Geralmente deixamos de fora o “the” em: all day, all night, all week, all year, all winter e all summer. A frase está no
passado então não podemos usar “tomorrow”. O “any” não pode ser usado pois a frase é afirmativa.
215-E
“every” é usado com substantivos singulares, “all” com plurais.
216-B
EACH só pode ser usado antes de substantivos no singular.
Item 169, page 152.
217-A
FOR é usado para falar de ´´ quanto tempo`` dura alguma coisa.
Item 167, page 151.
218-D
A / an is not used when the sentence gives an idea of a group, as occurs in the letter D.
Item 68, page 59.
219-A
We usually use the article “O” when in prayer it is not clear what or who the writer is talking about. This occurs when
there are several similar options and there is no need to be more specific.
Item 69, page 61.
220- D
Não se usa o artigo A e AN, com substantivos no plural.
Item 62, pág 52 e 53.
221-E
Não é usado o artigo THE, com substantivos no plural.
Item 63, pág 53.
222-A
"half" é geralmente colocado antes dos artigos a/an, mas é possível colocá-los depois, em expressões de medição.
Página 236; tópico 4.
223-E
Hardly, scarcely e no sooner" podem ser usadas para sugerir que uma coisa aconteceu logo após outra.
224-E
Depois de try/be sure/wait costuma-se usar, de maneira informal, o “and” em vez de “to”. Nós só usamos essa
estrutura com base form, então “and” não pode vir após “tried”.
225-C
Só usamos “any of” antes de um determinante (artigo definido, palavra demonstrativa ou possessiva) ou um
pronome.
226-A
Every é um determinante. Nos usamos normalmente antes de substantivos no singular.
Item 193, page 171.
227- D
Nos devemos usar o EXCEP FOR antes de substantivos.
Item 194, page 173.
228-C
Algumas palavras terminadas em -Ly são adjetivos, e não advérbios normalmente.
Item 27, pag 24.
229-C
Afraid é um dos adjetivos que normalmente não são usados antes de um substantivo em posição atribuitiva.
Item 28, pag 27.
230-C
Não é permitido gramaticalmente o artigo “The”, ser acompanhado por pronome possesivo e demonstrativo.
Item 64, pág 54.
231-D
Todos são substantivos incontáveis, não apresentando os artigos “A/AN” numa estrutura frasal.
Item 65, pág 55.
232-B
The words “hospital” and “university” are not used without the presence of the definite article “The”.
Item 70, page 62.
233-B
Although we use the definite article “THE” to talk about pain, problems that occur in the human body, however
when we talk about the parts of the body itself, we cannot use it.
Item 70, page 65.
234-E
Usa-se o have + object para falar sobre ações e experiências, especialmente em falas informais.
235-E
Nesta estrutura nós fazemos perguntas e negativas, utilizando o "do". Formas progressivas são possíveis. Contrações
e frases curtas de "have" não são usadas.
236- E
Not any cannot begin a sentence; no is used instead.
Item 55 pag 47.
237-D
We do not usually use not any with singular countable nouns.
Item 55 pag 47.
238-C
Antes de substantivos geralmente usamos “appear to be”. O correto seria: The boys on the bus appeared to be
students.
239-D
Rise geralmente significa “get higher”, “come/go up” what time does the sun rise ? = que horas o sol nasce?
Item 59, page 50.
240-D
A-Na terceira pessoa do singular ought não tem -s
B-Perguntas e negativas são feitas sem o auxiliar “do”
C-“To” não é usado em question tag
E-Ought não tem pretérito mas podemos usar ought to+particípio passado. “I ought to have phone...”.
Page 375-403.
241-A
Can/Could são mais comuns que may/might em uma frase que expressa pedido e possibilidade.
Page-345.
242-C
To give an idea of the cause without using “Because”, “as” can be used but “though” does not assume the same
function ”.
Item 71, page 66.
243-B
"As if / though" can be used to talk about things, which we know are not real. In letter B, we see that this
relationship is not correct, after all every person who speaks / writes is alive.
Item 74, page 68.
244-D
O artigo “A/AN” não pode ser usado com substantivos no plural. Some é usado em frases afirmativas, ou em
perguntas que terão geralmente sim como resposta.
Item 66, pág 57 e 58.
245-E
Some é usado em frases afirmativas, ou em perguntas que terão geralmente sim como resposta.
Any é geralmente usado em frases negativas, perguntas ou em algumas afirmativas.
Item 67, pág 58 e 59.
246-E
Utiliza-se o "have" para falar sobre estados, possessões, relacionamentos, doenças, características de pessoas e
coisas e ideias similares. A forma progressiva de "have" não é usada para falar sobre a quantidade de irmãos que
uma pessoa tem, por exemplo.
Página 239; tópico 1 e 2.
247-E
O have (got) to, é utilizado para falar sobre obrigações e é sinônimo de must.
248-E
“Appear” não pode ser usado para impressões subjetivas e sentimentos, enquanto “seem” pode ser usado para
fatos objetivos e subjetivos. “It seems pity”.
Page 50-58/2.
249-E
Apenas “seem” pode ser acompanhado por can’t. “I can’t seem...”.
Page 50-58/2.
250-E
Quando estamos falando de pessoas ou coisas no geral, normalmente não usamos “the” com substantivos
incontáveis ou plurais.
Item 63, page 53.
251-B
Costumamos usar “the” com superlativos e com first, next, last, some e only.
252-C
Item 32, pag 29.
253-C
All refers to three or more itens.
Item 35, pag 30.
254-A
A expressão que defino “como de costume” é “as usual” a qual é formada por um adjetivo e não por um advérbio
como na letra A.
Item 76,pág 70.
255-A
Para a oração ter o sentindo completo seria “ask for” que expressa pedir por algo á alguém, o que ocorre na letra A.
Item 79, pág 70.
256-A
Frequentemente quando se tem o OF na oração, se usa THE.
Item 69, pág 61.
257- D
“While” é usado para expressar ações e situações continuas. Já “When”, é usado para expressar momentos
passados.
Item 73, pág 67.
258-D
Justificativa: A maioria dos advérbios não são colocados entre o verbo e o objeto. Exceto on, off, out, entre outros.
Item 21.1 pág 16.
259-C
Justificativa: Os advérbios never e always só iniciam a frase quando o verbo está no imperativo.
Item 22.3 pág 17.
260-B
Experiment com sentido de ação de testar algo e obter resultado é normalmente usado com o verbo do. Já
Experience é algo que você adquire por vivência através de alguma situação normalmente é usado com verbo have
(Flexionado ou não).
Item 197 - Experiment and experience.
261- E
Female e male referem-se ao sexo de pessoas, animais e plantas.
Feminine e Maculine são usados para qualidades e comportamentos designados para serem típicos de homens e
mulheres. Frase corrreta: This T-shirt is quite feminine.
Item 203 - Female and Feminine; Male and Massculine.
262- D
Não usamos ponto de interrogação após perguntas indiretas.
Página 460.
263-B
- Relative pronouns (who, which e that), Junção de cláusulas como conjunções.
- Um pronome relativo é como o sujeito ou objeto do verbo que vem depois dele.
Portanto, não precisamos de outro sujeito ou objeto.
Página 500.
264-C
Nesta tem que tirar o OF porque não esta dentro das restrições.
Before a determiner (definite article, demonstrative or possessive word) or a pronoun, we use any of.
Item 55 pag 48.
265-B
Nessa esta faltando o OF.
Before a determiner (definite article, demonstrative or possessive wor d) or a pronoun, we use any of.
Item 55 pag 48.
266-B
Se quisemos fazer do paciente o sujeito, geralmente podemos fazê-los escolhendo uma forma de verbo passivo.
Pág 501- item 3.
267-A
Pág 477- item 9.
Alguns verbos normalmente têm pronomes reflexivos, é o exemplo do opened.
Pág 477- item 9.
268-C
Neste caso, alguns substantivos incontáveis no singular em inglês correspondem a substantivos no plural em outro
idioma, por isso, ‘’Baggages’’ está incorreto, por estar sendo posto no plural, logo, a frase correta seria: ‘’My baggage
has been lost’’.
Item 532, page 524.
269-D
As opções se tratavam sobre artigo, e a alternativa correta tratava-se do emprego correto do artigo ‘’the’’ para não
deixar o substantivo contável ‘’cat’’ sozinho.
Item 62, page 53.
270-B
FAR é usado para frases negativas e perguntas.
Item 200, page 179.
271-A
O certo seria no lugar do ´´ waiting`` ser ´´ expecting`` , pois WAITING usa-se quando espera alguém ou algo se
atrasa, quando se chega cedo para alguma coisa ou quando se quer tempo para passar para algo aconteça.
Item 196, page 175.
272- B
Para expressa propósito em uma oração onde existe uma ideia de movimento utilizamos at/in.
Item 80, pág 71.
273-C
Quando na oração possui dias, sejam eles dias da semana ou feriados que possuam “day” ao final, devemos utilizar a
preposição “on” e não “at” como na alternativa C.
Item 82, pág 74.
274- A
“While” é usado frequentemente para retratar situações/ ações longas. Já “When”, que seria a conjugação certa, é
usado para se referir a períodos passados.
Item 73, pág 68.
275-C
Após a expressão “As long as”, usamos o presente para indicar uma ideia futura.
Item 75, pág 69.
276-A
-> Advérbios de maneira dizem como algo acontece ou é feito.
-> Esses advérbios não devem ser confundidos com adjetivos. Usamos advérbios, não adjetivos, modificar verbos
-> Mas observe que as formas dos adjetivos às vezes são usadas como advérbios em umestilo informal,
especialmente em inglês americano.
Corrigindo: I don't remember him very g̶oo ̶ ̶d̶ weel.
Item 26, página 23.
277-D
-> O certo é: She speaks English well
-> Normalmente não colocamos advérbios entre um verbo e seu objeto.
-> Mas uma partícula advérbio como on, off, out pode ir entre um verbo e um objeto substantivo.
Página 16, item 21.
278-C
Verbos de percepção (hear, see, watch, etc) podem ser colocados antes de objeto+ infinitivo, sem to ou um objeto, +
ING form.
Pág. 254; tópico 242.
279-A
Depois de verbos perceptivos, não pode se colocar possessivo.
280-D
Alike não é usado antes de substantivo.
Item 34.pag 30.
281-C
All of sempre deve ser seguido de algum determinante (my,the,your...)
Pag 31,item 36(1 e 2).
282-E
FOR é usado para duração.
Ítem 208, page 184.
283-A
No lugar de FUNNY deveria ser FUN, pois FUN é normalmente usado para substantivos incontáveis.
284-B
"into" é usado quando se fala sobre direções ou destinos.
Pág 243- item 1.
285- A
Usamos in and on depois de sit down e arrive.
Pág 244- item 2.
286-B
Clever pede a preposição “at” e não “in”.
Page 427 - item 449.
287- A
B-marriage to; C-kind to; D-insisted on; E-increase in
Page 428-item 449.
288-E.
"Afraid" geralmente não é usado, em posição atributiva, antes de um substantivo.
289-B.
“ago” deve seguir uma expressão de tempo.
290-E.
In sentence,we use ‘at all’ to emphasize a negative idea.
291-B.
The idea expressed in the second sentence of letter B is “perfect tense” and with that the auxiliary verb to be used is
‘had’, for the formation of past perfect, and not ‘was’.
Item 85, page 76.
292-D.
Para darmos informação usando a expressão “as well as”, que lemos ou escutamos, colocamos ela junta da
informação, não separada. Na alternativa D ficaria: “As well as birds, some mamals can fly”.
Item 78, pág 70.
293-E.
É uma expressão usada pelo At/In para indicar movimento.
Item 80, pág 71.
294-B.
-> A preposição "Along" é usada com substantivos como estrada, rio, corredor, linha: palavras que se referem a
coisas com uma forma longa e fina.
-> Para falar sobre períodos ou atividades, preferimos through. Frase certa: Through thee centuries.
295-C.
-> A/an não pode ser usado junto com um possessivo. Em vez disso, podemos usar a estrutura a ... mine/yours.
296-E.
A alternativa incorreta trata-se do uso do ''how'' em uma afirmação em que foi colocado o verbo ''do'' logo após
''how'', sendo que em afirmações que possuam adjetivo ou advérbio, eles devem ser postos imediatamente após
''how''.
Item 252, page 226.
297-C.
A opção C está correta pois usa ''at'' + possessive, para expressar a ideia de estar na casa de alguém.
Item 249, page 225.
298-E.
(302.7) Após palavras ou expressões restritivas e negativas, há a inversão (verbo auxiliar+ sujeito)
Essas expressões são: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES,
AT NO TIME, NOT UNTILL MUCH LATER, LITTLE, SELDOM, HARDLY, BARELY, SCARCELY, NEVER, ONLY THEN , NOT
ONLY , ETC
Obs: a mesma estrutura é usada após oração iniciada por not untill…
299-A.
O verbo "hear" é usado quando vc quer indicar que "algo chegou ao seu ouvido" e o Listen é mais usado para
"concentração".
300- A.
O verbo "hear" não pode receber -ING pois é um verbo sensitivos. Verbos sensitivos, intelectuais e de preferência
não recebem ING.
301-E.
Quando falamos de montante e quantidade, usamos determinantes, verbos e pronomes no singular, mesmo com o
substantivo no plural.
Page 520-527.
302- C
Em regra, o verbo concorda com o sujeito. Mas, em períodos mais longos ou quando o sujeito é uma what clause, o
verbo também pode concordar com o complemento; podendo ficar no singular ou plural.
Page 522-529.
303-A
Each is a determiner (see 154). We use it before a singular noun.
A following verb is also singular.
Item 169 pag 152.
304-B
Each is a determiner (see 154). We use it before a singular noun.
A following verb is also singular.
Item 169 pag 152.
305-D
Podemos colocar “all” após os pronomes usados como objetos, mas isso não acontece com os pronomes
complementares (depois de “be”) ou em respostas curtas. O correto seria: “I think that’s all of them”.
306-E
Almost e nearly podem expressar idéias relacionadas com o progresso, medição ou contagem. Porém, “very” e
“pretty” podem ser usados com nearly, mas não com almost.
307-C
Passados de "modais verbs" geralmente são usados para falas indiretas.
Pág 248- item 2.
308-D
Só se usa "enough of" antes de determinantes (a, the, my, this, that) é de pronomes.
Pág 167-item 4.
309-B
Deve-se usar “about “ para falar sobre tipos de comunicação comum e mais gerais.
Item 4, page 3.
310-A
O certo seria ACTUAL, pois o sentido que a frase quer dar é de REAL e não de NA VERDADE.
Item 11, page 7.
311-C
'Wake' is the most used verb when we want to talk about waking up or stopping sleep. It is often used with "up"
when the idea of the sentence is to stop sleeping, which occurs in the letter C.
Item 86,page 77.
312-A
"Bathe" is used, in the sentence, to express the idea of putting in the water a part of the body that is injured. In
order for the sentence to be complete, "bath" must be replaced by "bathe".
Item 88, page 79.
313-E
É usado “ON” ao se referir a transportes públicos: ônibus, trem, aviões, barcos, bicicletas e cavalo.
Item 81, pág 73.
314-B
Usa-se “AT” em questões de horas.
Item 82, pág 74.
315- D
Antes de um substantivo sem determinante, normalmente não usamos “of”.
Item 36, pag 31.
316-C
Nós normalmente não usamos “All” sem um substantivo para significar “everybody”.
Item 38, pag 33.
317-D
We use each of before a plural pronoun, or before a determiner (for example the, my, these-see 154) with a plural
noun.
A following verb is normally singular. - Devido a isso, letra D tem que ser HAS.
Item 169 pag 152.
318-A
We often drop the or a possessive after both; of is not used in this case.
Item 110 pag 91
319-D
Normalmente o Fun é usado com substantivos incontáveis. Pode ser usado após be para dizer que coisas ou pessoas
são divertidas.
Funny é um adjetivo que pode ser usado quando algo é engraçado. Note que o funny pode possuir outro significado
similar ao “strange” ou “peculiar”.
Item - 210 Fun and Funny - page 185.
320-E
Nós geralmente usamos o will / ’ll in promises and threats. Note que o simple present não é cabível nesses casos
pois não dá ideia de promessa ou tratamento.
Frase correta: I’ll phone you tonight.
Item 217 (3) Promises and Threats: will - Page 192.
321-B
O ing é usado após “go” quando se fala sobre atividades que não tem começo nem fim determinado. A estrutura é
comum em expressões referentes a atividades esportivas e de lazer.
Item 228, page 202.
322-D
“During” é usado para dizer quando algo acontece, “for” é usado para dizer quanto tempo algo dura. O correto seria:
“she was at the gym for 3 hours”.
Item 167, page 151.
323-D
Alternativa D está certa porque é única que está usando o CAN corretamente sem S (no caso da letra A), sem Do (no
caso da letra B), sem didn’t (no caso da letra C) e sem pronome na frente (no caso da letra E).
Item 121, page 96.
324-A
Para adjetivos pequenas usa-se o sufixo “er” + than.
Item 135, page 110.
325-A
O look at pode ser seguido por objeto mais forma ING e também por objeto mais infinitivo.
326-A
Usa-se o here para lugares onde fala e escreve e o there para outros lugares.
327-C
The correct one would be "I was depressed" since the structure 'be + being + adjective / noun' is used to express the
idea of actions, care and not states or feelings.
Item 89, page 79.
328-A
Usually, "be" is used without the auxiliary verb "do" in sentences that do not express imperative, emphatic
imperative and similarity with order.
Item 90, page 80.
329-B
Quando “wake” se refere a espressão acordar, ele geralmente é acompanhado do “up”= wake up.
Item 82, pág 77.
330-A
“Again” não estaria situado como um verbo, sem constar que, ele é usado quando uma ação se repete. Já “back”, é
usado como um verbo para sugerir o retorno de algo ou de alguém.
Item 87, pág 78.
331- B
Note that we do not put the before both.
Item 110 pag 91.
332-B
We can put both after pronouns used as objects. But this structure is not used in complements (after be) or in short
answers.
Item 110 pag 91.
333-C
Em diversos casos as duas estruturas expressam a mesma ideia mas possuem certas diferenças. É preferível usar o
going to quando se fala em específico sobre acordos e planos fixos (Previsão) . Em contrapartida, o futuro
progressive é usado em acordos pessoais e não é usado para fazer previsões sobre eventos fora do controle das
pessoas (Fato).
Item 214 (2) Present progressive and going to: Differences - Page 190).
334- E
Usamos o futuro progressivo para ações ou eventos que possuem interligação com o presente.
Mais usado em discussões sobre acordos, planos fixos e quando algo é decidido. Nós normalmente usamos esse
tempo com verbos de movimento para falar de ações que estão começando.
Estrutura: To Be + verb + ing
Frase correta: What are you doing this evening?
Item - 189 Future: Present Progressive.
335-C
“As if” pode ser substituido por “as though” pois ambos são usados para dizer o que uma situação parece. Eles
também podem ser usados para falar sobre coisas que sabemos que não são verdadeiras.
336-D
Quando colocamos um verbo após “as well as” costumamos usar o –ing. O correto seria: “As well as breaking his leg,
he hurt his arm”.
337-D
Adjetivos formados com ing se referem ao objeto, ou seja, a causa daquele sentimento, neste caso, o objeto que
causa o cansaço é ''tiring''.
Item 409, page 379.
338- C
Se usa '' 's '' após relacionar a algo que caracterize posse, relacionamento ou características físicas. Principalmente
quando o primeiro substantivo se refere a alguem, algum animal, a um país ou organização.
Item 440, page 415.
339-C
Also normalmente vai no meio Suj+also+aux.
Pág 37- item 1.
340-E
Because é uma conjunção, é utilizada antes de um assunto ou verbo. Because of é uma proposição de duas palavras,
usada antes de um substantivo ou pronome.
Pág 82- item 1.
341-A
The article 'the', which is considered a determinant of the english language, can be us ed to mean 'enough'.
Item 187, page 167.
342-E
‘Especially’ means ‘above all’. And like other words, it has an order to be followed i n the sentence: Come after the
subject.
Item 188, page 168.
343-E
The “be + passive infinitive” structure can only be used in the present and the simple past.
Item 91,page 80.
344-C
The expression “be heavy” is not used when the context of the sentence is to give information about weight.
Item 92, page 81.
345-C
Quando se relaciona as condições fisicas, se usa a estrutura BE+ADJECTIVE.
Item 92, pág 81.
346- C
Beat = é usado p uma vitória que aconteceu, passada.
Win = é usado para uma vitória recorrente, que acontece muitas vezes ou que acabou de acontecer.
Item 93, pág 82.
347-E
Para dar conselhos, pode-se utilizar, além de outros, as expressões "If I were you" e "I should/Would".
Pág 273; tópico 263 e 264.
348-B
Não pode - se colocar uma palavra de ordem em imperativo negativo com pronomes sujeitos
349-B
Through, ao contrário de across, é usado para movimento em um espaço tridimensional, com coisas em todos os
lados. O correto seria: “ we drove through several towns”.
350-C
Antes de um substantivo com um determinante (por exemplo the, my, this) podemos usar all ou all of. Porém, antes
de um substantivo sem determinante, normalmente não usamos “of”.
351-E
Elder e eldest podem ser usados ao invés do older e oldest para falar de ordem de nascimento de familiares. São
usados antes de substantivos.
Elder brother/Sister são usados quando a pessoa tem apenas irmão/irmã mais velho
Eldest é usado para mais de um irmão/irmã mais velha.
An elder son/daughter is the older of two
An eldest son/daughter is the oldest of two or more.
Item - 176 - Page 156.
352-E
Usamos o else com sentido de “other”
Após: Somebody, someone, anybody, anyone, everybody, nobody, etc. E ainda para palavras interrogativas:
Whatever, Whenever, etc. Little, Much.
Note que else vem imediatamente após a palavra que ele modifica.
Correto: What else would you like?
Item 183 Else.
353-C
as/how/so/too/this/that + adjective a/an +noun.
Pág 10- item 14.
354-C
Pronoun subjects vem logo depois de "here e there".
Pág 18- item 5.
355-D
Despite the similarity in the expressed idea "beat" and "win" are used in different ways. Beat is used when referring
to someone you are playing, chatting with, etc. Win is used when referring to something like games.
Item 93,page 82.
356-E
“Before” is not used alone when the idea to be expressed is ‘first’ or ‘before it happens’. In place of “before” the
correct thing would be “before that” referring to what has already been said.
Item 96,page 83.
357-C
Because of, é usado como preposição. Logo após o pronome ou substantivo. Because, é usado para orações, após
verbo ou sujeito.
Item 94, pág 82.
358- A
Before amarra past perfect, e em expressões como “count back”, vem sempre após.
Item 96, pág 83.
359-B
Justificativa: Certos verbos (wash, dress, shave) têm pronomes reflexivos em alguns idiomas, mas não em inglês.
No entanto, reflexivos podem ser usados se for necessário deixar claro quem faz a ação.
Item: 494 | Página: 477.
360-C
Justificativa: Usamos Remind ao invés de remember. Esses dois verbos não são iguais. Reminding significa 'fazer
alguém se lembrar'.
361-D
Justificativa: Rua é uma estrada com casas de cada lado. Usamos ruas para estradas
em cidades ou aldeias, mas não para estradas secundárias. Ao invés de street usamos road.
362-A
Justificativa: Depois de as long as, usamos o tempo presente para expressar uma ideia de futuro.
363- B
Justificativa: Diferentes advérbios podem estar em diferentes lugares em uma frase: no início, com o verbo, ou no
final. Para obter detalhes, intem 21-25.
364-C
Justificativa: Should (Deveria) é um verbo auxiliar modal (item 353 - 354). Não tem –se na terceira pessoa do
singular.
365-D
Justificativa: Should e ought pode ser usado para previsões - para dizer o que as pessoas esperar que aconteça. Não
deve ser usado frequentemente desta forma.
366-A
Justificativa: Normalmente não deixamos de fora a / an em expressões negativas, após preposições ou após frações.
367-E
If only é o mesmo que o i wish, porém é mais enfático.
368-A
Usa-se (in e on) para falar sobre a posição de coisas e (into e onto) para falar sobre a direção e destino. O erro da
alternativa A é que ele usou o in para falar sobre para onde a bola está indo, ou seja sua direção; o certo seria usar
into.
369-A
Na letra A o certo seria usar HEARD no lugar do LISTENED, pois HEAR é uma palavra comum para dizer que algo ´´
chega aos nossos ouvidos``.
370-C
Depois de HELP, nós usamos objeto + infinitivo, o que não acontece na letra C.
371-B
Não usamos “the” para falar sobre coisas em geral. A não ser que se esteja generalizando todos os membros de um
grupo (Exemplo: the tiger is in danger of becoming extinct).
372-B
O correto é “America’s economic problems” pois substantivos perdem seu artigo após o uso do ‘s. Porém, quando o
substantivo é possessivo ele pode ter um artigo (é o caso da letra “C”).
373-E
Em exclamativas, a/an não podem ser usados após o what + substantivo singular.
Page 64 -item70/13.
374-D
Não usamos “of” antes de um substantivo sem determinante.
Page 31 - item 36/1.
375-A
Verbos transitivos, transitivos são formados a partir de um verbo seguido de substantivo ou pronome que agem
como objeto direto.
Item 606, page 597.
376-C
Usa-se ''very'' ao invés de '' very much'' após adjetivos e advérbios, porém, ''very much'' é usado após comparações.
Item 611, page 604.
377-B
When we want to mention something that happened in the past, in the present, related to time, we use "ago" since
"before" does not complete the meaning of the sentence.
Item 96, page 83.
378-A
To give an idea of the future in a sentence where you find "before", use with simple tense present. For the idea is
present in the word.
Item 97, page 83.
379- E
Before= tempo
In front of = lugar
Item 98, pág 84.
380-E
Began não pode ser usado em ocasiões como:
-Começar uma jornada
-Começar um trabalho (da máquina) = ligar um carro
-Fazer alguma coisa começar
Item 99, pág 85.
381-D
Enough pode ser usado sozinho sem o substantivo para se referir em um amontoado (Quantidade), Se o sentido for
claro. The meat não é uma quantidade.
Item 187 (5) Enough without a noun - Page 167).
382-E
Even normalmente aparece junto com verbo, na mid-position.
Correct: She has broken all her toys. She's even broken her bike.
Item - Even (Position) page 169).
383- C
Usa-se "in case" para dizer que algo deve ocorrer primeiro pois, outro acontecimento ocorrerá mais tarde. Usa-se "If
case" para dizer que algo precisa ocorrer pq outro acontecimento já irá ocorrer rapidamente.
384-A
"indeed = na verdade" é geralmente utilizado para enfatizar, enaltecer, "Very" com um adjetivo ou advérbio.
Portanto, na alternativa A, precisa-se de ter a palavra "Very", ficando: "He was driving Very fast indeed".
385-E
Nós raramente colocamos adjetivo + complemento antes de um substantivo. O correto é: “He’s a difficult person to
understand”.
Item 19, page 15.
386- D
Always, ever, rarely, seldom e never normalmente não podem ir na posição frontal. O correto é: “I never get up
early”.
387-C
Normalmente não usamos " all" sem um substantivo para significar "everybody".
Pág 33- item 1.
388-A
"Uncountable nous" são nomes de materias entre outras coisas que não se pode contar,por isso o não uso do artigo.
Pág 55- item 1.
389-D
Despite the similarity of ideas, "before" and "in front of" are used in different ways. Even though "before" is used in
a more comprehensive way, it is used, in general, to consult a time. "In front of" is used only when a phrase refers to
a place, thus becoming "in front of" the correct term to replace "before" in alternative D.
Item 98,page 84.
390-D
"Start" and "begin" are not only similar in the expressed ideals, but also in most uses, that is, both have the same
function when placed in certain phrases. However, there are 3 cases in which "begin" cannot be used, one of them is
'starting a journey' (starting something, starting a game ...). Therefore, the correct word to be used in alternative D,
would be "start".
Item 99,page 85.
391-C
Quando nos referimos a “covered”, algo em baixo de algo, usamos under não below.
Item 100, pág 85.
392-E
Nessa alternativa poderia apenas ser besides ou apart from, já que traz a ideia além de, não de exceção.
Item 102, pág 87.
393-A
Usa-se conjunções (como o that, por exemplo), mudança de pronomes, tempos e outras palavras para significar a
'indirect speech', a fala indireta. O erro da alternativa A, além da falta da conjunção, é a falta de aspas na colocação
da fala da pessoa diretamente.
394-A
A mudança de quem fala significa a mudança do pronome, dentro da reported speech. A forma correta da
alternativa A, é: Bill said that he didin't like.
395-D
Adjetivos “ill” e “well” geralmente são usados após verbos. Logo, usamos outros adjetivos que possam ser
substituídos sem a perda do sentido. A healthy/fit man.
Page 9-item 12/3.
396-A
Outra opção para que um adjetivo fique após um verbo é seguindo a estrutura verbo+objeto+adjetivo.
Page 9-item 12/4.
397-C
"Ago" deve seguir uma expressão de tempo. O correto é: “I met her six weeks ago”.
Item 33 (Tópico 1), page 29.
398-B
"Ago" diz quanto tempo antes do presente algo aconteceu, "for" (com past tense) diz quanto tempo algo durou.
Então, o correto é: “He died five years ago”.
399-A
Note que o verbo depois do ´´DO`` não pode ter um objeto na sua estrutura.
Ítem 160.3, page 148.
400-C
Note que ELSE vem imediatamente após a palavra que modifica, logo ficaria WHAT ELSE WOULD YOU LIKE?
401-D
Big só pode ser usado com substantivo abstrato, em uma forma informal. Nesse caso seria “great”.
Item 106, pág 89.
402- A
Quando se refere a datas de aniversário, ou lugares, se usa passado+ born.
Item 108, pág 90.
403-C
The correct word to be used in alternative C would be "under", because "under" can be used when the idea of the
phrase is 'something covered or hidden by what is on it' (like a sun hidden by the Sugarloaf).
Item 100, page 85.
404-E
”Besides” também pode ser usado como marcador de discurso, significando “também”, “assim como”, “ em outro
caso” .É frequentemente usado para adicionar um argumento mais forte ao que já foi dito e para esse caso, ‘besides’
vem ao início da frase.
Item 101, page 86.
405- A
A mudança de lugar e tempo pode mudar o significado ou as palavras como: here, this, now, today. Na alternativa
incorreta, o errado é que o uso de "this" remete-nos a um local em que estamos, mas na frase o discurso n está
sendo feito neste local. (No discurso indireto)
406-A
A mudança de tempo pode resultar na necessidade de uma mudança de verbo. Na alternativa A, quando Peter está
falando, a festa já terminou. (No discurso indireto).
407- D
Usamos “able” especialmente na estrutura be able+ infinitivo. “Able” tem o mesmo significado que “can”, sua forma
negativa é “unable”.
Item 3, page 2.
408-E
Normalmente não usamos “all”, sem um substantivo, com o significado de everybody.
409-B
Não podemos retirar o pronome pessoal, mesmo que o sentido fique claro sem ele.
410-A
Usamos it para uma pessoa quando estamos identificando ele/ela.
411-B
”besides”, “except” e “apart from” são confusos algumas vezes em seus usos. Para dar ideia de “menos” “exceto”
utilizamos “except”.
Item 102, page 87.
412-E
Quando bet é usado para expressar apostas reais, ele é seguido de dois objetos: A pessoa com a qual a aposta foi
feita e a coisa apostada, na maioria das vezes é dinheiro. Justamente o que falta na alternativa E (o que foi
apostado).
Item 103, page 87.
413-B
Após preposições que indicam lugar, usamos pronome objeto (me, you etc) se o sentido fica claro sem usar o
reflexivo.
Page 476-item 493.
414-E
Alguns verbos (dress, wash, shave etc) não possuem pronome reflexivo no Inglês.
Page 477-item 493.
415-A
Borrow= pede emprestado;
Lend= empresta para alguém.
Item 109, pág 90.
416-C
Não se usa THE antes de both.
Item 110, pág 91.
417-D
Após um imperativo negativo apenas o "Will you" pode ser utilizado.
418-A
"always e Never" sempre virão antes do imperativo.
419-A
O FROM da o ponto de partida de ações, eventos ou estados: ele diz quando acontece.
Item 208, pág 184.
420-C
O certo seria usar o FUN no lugar do FUNNY, pois FUN é normalmente usado para substantivos incontáveis.
Item 210, pág 185.
421-D
Pronouns subjects vem diretamente após “here” e “there”. O correto é: “There he is”.
422- B
Na maioria das vezes, advérbios de maneira, lugar e tempo vão nessa ordem: maneira>lugar>tempo. O correto é:
“Let’s go to bed early".
Item 23 (Tópico4), page 19.
423-D
Após verbos de ligação usamos adjetivos e não advérbios.
Alguns desses verbos são usados com outros sentidos diferente dos verbos de ligação, nesse caso são usados
advérbios não adjetivos.
Na frase o verbo appeared tem outro sentido que o próprio verbo de ligação por isso seu uso correto seria: The
problem appeared impossible.
Obs: Link verbs examples - be, seems, appear, look, sound, smell, taste, feel, become, gets.
Item 328 Adjectives after link verbs - other uses - pg 308.
424- D
Of é usado após expressões (a lot of, lots of, plenty of, etc) e antes mesmo de substantivos sem artigo. Não é usado
após many e much.
Item 333 - Uses of of (2) - Page 312.
425-A
Usa- se ''let'' seguido de objeto + infinitivo sem o ''to''. No caso mostrado acima, apesar do objeto estar bem
empregado, não se faz uso do infinitivo, deveria ter se usado ''see''.
Item 322, page 302.
426-B
Pronomes pessoais não podem ser omitidos, mesmo que o signficado seja claro sem eles. A alternativa B é uma
excessão.
Item 428.4/429.11, page 403/406.
427-C
”Better” pode ser usado para expressar recuperado, porém não é normalmente usado para corrigir erros, o que
ocorre na alternativa C.
Item 104, page 87.
428-E
”Among” além de expressar ‘entre’ algum grupo, ele pode também ser usado para dar ideia de “um dos” “algum de”
“incluído em” porém “between” não exerce essa função (erro cometido na alternativa E).
Item 105, page 88.
429-C
Além do “what” não ser utilizado para escolhas, no inglês “who” e “what” não são utilizados antes de um
determinante ou pronome, apenas “which of”.
430-A
Em orações subordinadas, ao invés de usarmos shall/will+infinitivo, usamos o present para se referir ao futuro.
431-E
Não se pode usar “Both” com o verbo “to be”, nem para responder perguntas.
A correta estrutura seria= BOTH OF+ US/YOU/THEM
Both poderia ser usado após o pronome, em frases não interrogativas e não acompanhado do “to be”.
Item 110, pág 91.
432-D
Estrutura do both + and = SUJ+BOTH+VERBO+AND+CLAUSE
Both não pode iniciar uma oração nessa estrutura.
Item 111, pág 92.
433-A
No discurso indireto, o assunto vem antes do verbo no inglês padrão.
434-A
O auxiliar "do" não é utilizado no discurso indireto.
435-C
A)428.2)Após preposições usamos object pronouns, mesmo que o pronome tenha função de sujeito (some of them
are in the lab)
B)Nós não usamos o pronome pessoal para repetir a idea do pronome relativo (428.6)
C)Os pronomes pessoais femininos (her/she) podem se referir a embarcações e alguns países(222.1)
D)Não pronomes possessivos com outros determinantes(…lost her keys)(441.3)
E)Nós não usamos os pronomes reflexivos após a preposição with quando ela significar: accompanied by (493.3) (he
took his son with him)
436-A
A) Não usamos os pronomes reflexivos após preposição de lugar; no lugar disso, usamos o pronome objeto (493.3) (
they put their luggage behind them)
B)(547.3) podemos usar o some e seus compostos em interrogativas quando se espera resposta afirmativa
C)(55.5) / (547.4) podemos usar o any em frases afirmativas, quando o pronome significar qualquer
D)(547.5) some e any são comuns nas if-clauses
E) (589.7) this e that podemos funcionar com advérbio intensificador = “so” quando usados com adjetivos e
advérbios
437-C
Maybe e perhaps geralmente vem no começo.
438-B
“slowly” é um advérbio de modo. Seu significado é: lentamente.
439-A
Negativas não são contraídas.
Item 261.5, pág 238.
440-B
Em uma IF-CLAUSE, nós normalmente usamos o presente para falar sobre o futuro, ou seja, não colocaria nada.
Item 257.2, pág 234.
441-D
Despite similar ideas, “wide” and “large” express different meanings. ”Large” is called a false friend because it does
not express what we used to think of feeling wide.
Item 106, page 89.
442- E
When “a little” and “a little” are used with non-comparative adjectives, the sense of the sentence will automatically
be negative and critical.
Item -107, page 89.
443-A
O foco não é para onde vai, e sim onde está, por isso usaria “bring” não “take”.
Item 112, pág 92.
444-B
Seria correto usar “brought up” ao invés de “educated”. Pois, está se referindo a uma educação casual, não
necessariamente escolar.
Item 113, pág 93.
445-A
-> Ao falar sobre partes do corpo de alguém, ou sobre seus bens, nós geralmente usam possessivos, não THE.
Certo: Katy broke her arm climbing.
446-B
Com um verbo, usamos "back" para sugerir um retorno a uma situação anterior, um movimento
na direção oposta a um movimento anterior e idéias semelhantes.
Certo: Give me my watch back.
Item:87 | Página: 78.
447-A
Nas falas de reported speech, não pode se ter ponto de interrogação.
448-A
"Say" e "Tell" não são usadas para perguntas relatadas. Contudo, podem ser introduzidas em respostas para as
perguntas.
449-B
Em sentenças negativas geralmente colocamos “not” com o verbo que vem depois de “hope”. O correto é: " I hope
she doesn't wake up".
450- E
Adjetivo ou advérbio vem imediatamente após “how”, em sentença exclamativa. O correto é: “ How well she plays!
”.
451- D
Neste caso ''outskirt'' no plural é um caso de palavra no plural e incontável, plural que não possui forma no singular.
Page 517/518, Item 524.7.
452-C.
Usa-se ''enough of'' após os determinantes (a, the, my, this, that) e pronomes. A alternativa incorreta apresentada
não utiliza desta regra, sendo posto ''enough'' sem ser após uso de um desses determinantes.
Page 167, Item 187.4.
453-E
A) Whom é sempre um pronome relativo objeto que se refere a pessoas, logo não pode exerce função de sujeito
(...people who smile a lot) (494.3)
B)Um sujeito ou um objeto são suficiente em uma oração relativa (…girlfriend who works…) (494.7)
C)What não pode se referir a orações completas, porque não é um pronome relativo. Neste caso, usamos o
whichpara se referir a orações completas (…which surprised …)(494.9)
D) O pronome relativo that não pode ser usado em orações non-defining, ou seja, após vírgula. (…which is really easy
to read)(495.3)
454-C
B)(Which está se relacionando à oração, por isso não podemos usar o who)(497.2)
C)O pronome relativo who se refere à pessoas apenas (book which will interest...)(494.2)
455-A
"During" é usado quando algo acontece e "for" é usado para dizer quanto tempo dura.
Pág 151-item 167.
456-B
"Should" é modal, e na terceira pessoa no singular não usa "s".
Pág 509-item 1.
457-E
Antes de um substantivo com um determinante (Ex.: The, my, these) Both e Both of são possíveis.
A frase correta seria: She 's eaten both of the chops. Em respeito a regra do determinante.
Item 110 - Both (2) Both and Both of- Page 91.
458-D
Ao invés de “Both ...not” usamos o Neither. Na alternativa “d” tem-se a repetição da estrutura Neither.
Frase correta: Neither of them is here.
Item 110 (6) negative structures - Page 92.
459-B
To keep the balanced structure of “both...and” the same type of word must be present (verbs and verbs/nouns and
nouns, etc.). However, for this structure to remain grammatically stabilized, “both” can’t start the sentence.
Item 111, page 92.
460-B
Despite the similarity of the translation, ‘bring up’ and ‘educated’ express different ideals of the same concept.
“Bring up” is used for education said to be family, like politeness and “educated” is used for school education, like
college.
Item 113, page 93.
461-E
Wide pode ser usado para expressões, mas deve vir após elas.
Item 115, pág 94.
462-B
With= fala sobre o objeto
By= fala sobre a ação
Nesse caso refere-se ao objeto, então seria “with”
Item 119, pág 96.
463-A.
Não se utiliza estruturas no infinitivo depois de "suggested" ou depois de "say".
464-C.
É certo que não se pode usar infinitivo depois de suggest, porém pode-se colocar verbos modais.
465-E
Like + noun/Pronoun.
Pág 305- item 1.
466-E
Esses verbos são seguidos por objetos diretos sem preposição.
Pág 432- item 1.
467-A
Usamos o back com um verbo com sentido de devolução de algo em algum momento do tempo, e o Again
normalmente não é usado dessa maneira com um verbo.
Frase correta: Give me my watch back.
Item 87 - Back and Again - Page 78.
468- B
Normalmente usamos o being sem o auxiliar do.
Frase correta: I’m not often sick.
Item 90 - Be with auxiliar do.
469-A
Adjetivos intensificadores devem anteceder substantivos. O correto é: “He’s a mere child”.
470-D
Quando um adjetivo tem seu próprio complemento a expressão normalmente vem após ao substantivo. O correto é:
”We are looking for people skilled in design”.
Item 5, page 9.
471-E
To talk about the physical distance from one side to the other, we use ‘wide’ more often. Wide is also used in
expressions but the word order must be respected, which didn’t happen in the alternative E.
Item 115, page 93.
472-B
After ‘but’ object pronouns are used, in a more formal sentence there is the possibility of subject pronouns to be
used, that is, a reflexive pronouns is not accept after ‘but’ which occurs in alternative B.
Item 116, page 94.
473-A
Não se usa “s” em can e could.
Item 121, pág 96.
474-B
Nessa situação seria usado “may”, não can.
“Can”não pode ser usado para falar as chances de probabilidade que algo tem para acontecer ou está acontecendo,
usa-se “may”.
Item 122, pág 97.
475-A
Na reported speech, o Past Perfect nem sempre é usado, especialmente se as relações de tempo são claras, sem
uma mudança do passado para o próprio past Perfect.
Pág: 283; tópico 1.
476-A.
Pode-se mudar o tempo da fala do emissor se não concordarmos (ou se a fala não ficou clara) com o quê ele/ela
disse.
477-B
Adjetivos vem após something, everything, anything, nothing, somebody, anywhere e palavras similares. O correto
é: “Let’s go somewhere quiet”.
478-C
Após as preposições “after” e “before” o verbo recebe “-ing”. O correto é: “After completing this form, give it to the
secretary”.
479-A
As/so long as é frequentemente usado para condições estáticas.
Item 75, page 69.
480-C
No inglês moderno, “dare” não é um verbo muito utilizado, pois é substituído, na linguagem informal, por outras
expressões. Porém, em sua forma negativa, é mais utilizado. Pode ser acompanhado de infinitivo com “to” ou sem.
Item 151, page 133.
481- B
Em algumas estruturas podemos colocar o objecto preposicionado no início ou perto do início de uma frase.Neste
caso,a preposição nem sempre vai poder ficar junto com o "seu" substantivo adjetivo ou verbos no final da frase.
Pág 434- item 1.
482-A
Quando uma palavra de pergunta é objeto de uma preposição, a preposição vem mais frequentemente no final da
frase,especialmente no uso informal.
Pág 434- item 2.
483-A.
Prefira o infinitivo ativp se estivermos pensando mais na pessoa que fará a ação.
Ítem 287, Pág. 263.
484-C
Nós geralmente usamos o infinitivo para falar sobre um propósito da pessoa.
Item 289, pág. 264.
485-C
When we use ‘by’ before the verb to express the idea of time comparison, we must use the expression ‘by the time
(that)’, does not occur in the alternative C.
Item 117, page 95.
486- D
‘Near’ and ‘by’ despite the similarity, express different ideas. Near-when something is close to you and By-when you
are in somewhere. Following this reasoning, in alternative D ‘by’ can not be used.
Item 118, page 95.
487-D
Can é usado nessa situação para futuras ações que podem ser realizadas com habilidades, circunstâncias e ocasiões
adquiridas agora, não que vá adquirir. Então o correto seria usar “will be able”.
Item 123, pág 99.
488-A
Quando o verbo for de percepção não usamos a forma progressiva, mas sim: can see, can taste...
Item 125, pág 102.
489-A
A estrutura correta seria: "She was surprised that the children didin't like ice cream. Pois, nas reported speech, em
perguntas negativas as expressões são apresentadas (como surpresa ou entusiasmo).
490-B.
Em reported speech, nas perguntas que começam com: (who/what/which + be) só pode pedir um assunto ou um
complemento.
491-A.
Prepositions of place, not directon, are used after go/come.
Item 228, page 202.
492-B.
We must use the pronoun ater the auxiliary verb to express order in the negative form.
Item 5, page 243.
493-B
Depois de mencionar uma ideia ou fato negativo, podemos adicionar outro ponto negativo usando “not... either”. O
correto é: “You can’t have an apple, and you can’t have an orange either”.
494-C
Algumas expressões comuns com “and” tem uma ordem fixa que não pode ser alterada. Por exemplo: bread and
butter, hands and knees, young and pretty, black and white, knife and fork.
495- B
Page 190-item214/2.
O present progressive é utilizado para planos pessoais, algo que eu posso mudar enquanto going to é usado para
intenções ou decisões fora do seu controle.
Page 190-item214/2.
496-E
Em orações subordinadas usamos present simple com ideia de futuro. Ex: após what, where, when, until, if, than.
497-A.
Está com a estrutura errada, deveria ser HERE COMES FREDDY.
Item 303, pág 281.
498-C.
A letra C está errada, pois IT`S é uma contração de IT IS mas na frase esta com sentido de posse, logo usa-se ITS e
não IT`S.
Item 305. Pág 286.
499-E
Em diversas subordinate clauses nós nos referimos ao futuro com frase no presente ao invés de shall/will infinitivo.
Frase correta: Phone me when you have time.
Item 211 - Future → Subordinate clauses - Page 187.
500-C
Nós usualmente usamos o will quando enunciamos uma decisão, a qual a princípio é certa. Shall não possui o mesmo
uso este expressa obrigação como uma forma mais direta do should. Portanto,
Frase correta: You can have it for 50€. Ok i’ll buy it.
Item 217 - Future → Shall and Will.
501-D.
Quando uma palavra de pergunta é objeto de uma preposição, a preposição vem mais frequentemente no final da
frase, especialmente no uso informal.
Pág 434 - item 2.
502-E.
Mesmo no estilo formal, as preposições não são frequentemente colocadas no início de questões que têm sentido
de verbo principal.
Pág 435- item 7.
503-B.
A opção B está correta por usar ''Some of'' para anteceder o pronome ''us''.
Page 538, Item 546.6.
504-E.
Na opção E, ''friendly'' não tem sentido de advérbio. A maioria das palavras terminadas em ''ly'' são adjetivos.
Page 24, Item 27.1.
505-A
’By’ and ‘with’ are not similar in translation but both can be used to say how someone did something. They have a
difference in the time to be used in the sentences. By- we use to talk about the action- what they did. With-we use
to talk about the tool or the object- what they used.
Item 119,page 95.
506-E
Some ideas in the past can be expressed by can/could followed by a perfect present. One of them, expressed in
alternative E, is to talk about an action that occurred previously.
Item 121, page 96.
507-C
Não se usa “become” em ações deliberadas.
Item 127, pág 103.
508-B
Não se usa “Got” antes de substantivos para falar sobre mudanças.
Item 127, pág 103 e 104.
509-E.
Justificativa: Alguns determinantes podem ser usados antes do substantivo sem a proposição of.
Item 154.4 page 136.
510-B.
Justificativa: tipos específicos de vestido como por exemplo evening dress, national dress, battledress, etc... São
incontáveis.
Item 164 page 150.
511-A.
Os infinitivos negativos não podem ser colocados antes do infinitivo. O correto é: "Try not to be late"
512-E.
Depois de verbos auxiliares no modal (Will, Shall, Would, can...) o "might" e o "must" devem ser utilizados no
infinitivo sem o "to". Portanto, o correto será: I must go now.
513-B
Com substantivos incontáveis e no plural, nós normalmente usamos “more”, não “other”, com o significado de “um
adicional, extra”.
514-C
“All together” geralmente significa “everybody/ everything together”. O correto é usar “altogether” que significa
“considerando tudo”, “completamente” ou é usado para dar totais (é o caso da alternativa “c”).
Item 50, page 39.
515-A.
We do not normally use all without a noun to mean ‘everybody’.
Item 1, page 33.
516-C,
Any alone does not have a negative meaning. It is only negative when used with not.
Item 3, page 47.
517-A.
As preposições não são utilizadas antes da conjunção "that". No discurso indireto após as palavras
"saying","writing","thinking" etc, as preposições são antes da that-clause.
Pág 436 - item 453.
518-C
Não utilizamos present perfect com palavras que se referem a "tempo acabado".
Pág 441- item 2.
519-E
We don’t use ‘Can’ to talk about the chances that something will actually happen or is actually happening. ’May’ is
used in these cases.
Item 122, page 97.
520-B
’Could’ is not used to say that someone did something on a past occasion.
Item 123, page 99.
521-A
Não se usa “get” para mudanças de cores.
Item 128, pág 104.
522-A
Não se usa “Get” em “mudanças para pior”.
Item 128, pág 104.
523-A.
Em verbos como: let, make, see, hear, feel, watch e notice; deve ser colocado o objeto mais o infinitivo sem o "to"
524-A.
Muitos (as) verbos/estruturas devem ser seguidos pelo objeto mais o verbo no infinitivo. "I want you to listen" é um
destes.
525- D
Em frases afirmativas é mais comum o uso de “some”.
526-C
“Not any” não pode começar uma frase, “No” é usado no seu lugar.
527-D.
We use a/an with singular countable nouns in exclamations after What.
Item 13, page 64.
528-A.
When talking about parts of someone’s body, or about their possessions, we usually use possessive, not the.
Item 15, page 65.
529-B;
Devemos usar HERE para lugares onde a pessoa que fala estar.
Item 245, page 224.
530-D.
A letra D está errada, pois não devemos usar KNOW seguido diretamente de infinitivo.
Item 313, page 297.
531- C
We used ‘could’ in the past to say that someone asked for something in general (asked to do something at any time).
But we can’t use ‘could’ to express the idea of permission at a particular time, as in letter C.
Item 124, page 100.
532-D
”Can” and “Could” are used with the verbs ‘guess’ and ‘tell’ when both express ‘see’ or ‘know’. However, Can/could
not be used with ‘know’ in a sentence that expresses the idea of discovering.
Item 125, page 102.
533-D
Cleft sentence costumar enfatizar, criar expectativas sobre algo, ter uma introdução longa. É usada como uma
maneira mais formal.
Item 130, pág 106 e 107.
534-A
É a que não está enfatizada.
Item 131, pág 108.
535- C
Depois de expressões "go to school","go to work", etc.… usamos
"In", não "to", usamos "to" para indicar localização.
Pág 244- item 1.
536-D
Não começamos uma questão direta com "how to...?","what to...?" Etc.…Depois das palavras interrogativas usamos
"shall" and "should".
Pág 262- item 2.
537-D
(The não significa All)
Normalmente não usamos o The com uncountable noun or plural noun, para falar de coisas generalizadas - book, all
people, people, all life. Ao invés disso não usamos o artigo.
Correct form: Most of the children got very tired.
Item 68 - Articles page 59.
538-B
Usamos o Do quando não queremos dizer exatamente o que estamos fazendo.
Correct Form: I like doing nothing.
Item-160 - Page 147.
539-A.
Os pronomes pessoais, tbm devem ser utilizados quando, em uma frase, um nome exato não é necessário, na
alternativa incorreta, o erro se encontra no uso do "he", há a necessidade de se adicionar um nome exato "Jhon" na
referida frase.
540- A
Preposições não são utilizadas antes de números em expressões comuns.
541- D
Here comes e there goes são estruturas no presente que indicam continuidade (-ing form), substituindo “here is
coming” e “there is going”.
Page 454 - item 466/6.
542-E
Partículas de advérbio podem vir tanto antes quanto depois dos substantivos objetos. Em se tratando de pronomes
objetos, partículas de advérbio só podem vir depois.
543- E
Unlike what is thought because of the translation, ‘can’t help’ expresses ‘not being able to stop doing something,
even if you don’t want to do it’. This expression can be followed by the structure ‘but+infinitive without to’, what
does not occur in alternative E.
Item 126, page 102.
544- E
Despite the similarity in past ideas, "go" and "come" cannot be used in the same sentence, as each expresses and is
used for different contexts. In the alternative E, the correct one would be "come from" since this expression allows
us understand the context of 'place of origin', where the person lives or lived. In addition, the verb tense of the
sentence is wrong, because to express these ideas mentioned above it is necessary that the expression is in the
present.
Item 134, page 109.
545-A
Close não se usa para alguém ou algo dentro ou fora de um lugar.
Item 132, pág 108.
546-A
Shut não pode ser usado junto com substantivos.
Item 132, pág 109.
547-A.
Este verbo exige ser colocado na estrutura de objeto + infinitivo. O correto da alternativa incorreta é: I didin't ask
you to pay for the meal.
548- C.
Alguns verbos não podem ser seguidos por objeto + infinitivo, como o suggest por exemplo.
549-B.
Geralmente não colocamos advérbios entre um verbo e o objeto. O correto é: “I often get headaches”.
550-C
Com certos determinantes (artigos, possessivos ou demonstrativos), nós podemos usar “all (of) ” mas normalmente
não podemos usar “every”. O correto é: “Every plate was broken” ou “All (of) the plates were broken”.
551- A
People, places, dates can be emphasized as long as they are in a relative clause structure. To emphasize a person, we
use structures like "the person who", just one of the possible ones, precisely the one used in alternative A.
Item 130, page 106.
552-B
Words to be emphasized join the phrases starting from "that". However, a verb cannot be emphasized in this
structure "It was / were + that". What happens in alternative B.
Item 131, page 108.
553-C
O correto seria o uso de “clothes”= roupas, não “cloth”= pano.
Item 133, pág 109.
554- A
O correto seria usar come, não going.
Come= usado para se movimentar para lugares onde se fala e escuta.
Go= Se movimentar para outros lugares
Item 134, pág 109
555-C.
Não costumamos usar “nearly” antes de pronomes negativos ou advérbios como never, nobody, nothing. Em vez
disso, usamos “almost”, ou “hardly” com ever, anybody, anything etc. O correto é: “She’s almost never/ hardly ever
at home”.
556-A
Para falar sobre periodos ou atividades, geralmente usamos “through” ao invés de “along”.
Item 45, page 36.
557-A.
In reported questions the subject normally comes before the verb in standard English, and auxiliary do is not used.
Item 276, page 249.
558-A.
We normally use The before Same.
Item 503, page 490.
559-A.
Com substantivos incontáveis e plurais, normalmente usamos mais, e não outros, com este significado.
Item 54, page 45.
560-C.
Antes de um determinante (artigo definido, demostrativo ou palavra possessiva) ou um pronome, usamos ANY OF.
Item 55.7, page 48.
561- 74-C
"Shut" and "close" are similar in meaning, both can be used if there is no interference in the context of the sentence.
However "close" cannot be used when something or someone is inside or outside the place.
Item 132, page 108.
562-D
Despite the similarity in writing, both express different meanings. Cloth-material which is made the clothes /
garments and cloth used to clean. Clothe-garments, ready, just pick and dress.
Item 133, page 109.
563-C
Antes do sujeito fazer a movimentação de posição, usamos “come”.
Item 134, pág110.
564- D
Como= arrive at.
Item 134, pág 110.
565-A.
A ordem das palavras não é a mesma em "How" como esclamativo e em "How" como interrogativo. A correta
construção da alternativa A é: How i love weekends!
566-A.
Quando o "How" é utilizado com exclamações, o adjetivo ou advérbio deve vir imediatamente após o "How".
Pág 259; tópico 1.2.
567- A.
A letra A está errada, pois deveria ser só ´´LAST WEEK``. Porque está referindo-se a uma semana um pouco antes.
Pág 298, ítem 314.
568-C.
O substantivo GATO é contável.
Pág 128, ítem 148.
569- B.
Usamos “all”, mas não “every”, com substantivos incontáveis.
570- A
Usamos “either”, não “any”, para falar sobre uma escolha entre duas alternativas. O correto é: “I can write with
either hand”.
571- A
When an action was finished in the past but has connection with the present, we use present perfect.
...I have broken...
P438 – item 455/3.
572- B
Unless means an exception and it can’t replace a sentence with a cause meaning.
Page 593, item 601/2.
573- E.
"What abou" e "How about" são usados para fazer sugestões e trazer pontos que devem ser esquecidos.
574- A.
"Way" e "How" não podem ser usados juntos.
575- A
O “so” só pode ser empregado após o not.
Item 136, pág 111.
576- A
Estilo informal= usa-se pronome após (as...as)
Estilo formal = usa - se suj+verbo após (as...as)
Item 136, pág 111.
577- E.
In order to make a comparison between someone or something and a group, the superlative be used. Furthermore,
the adjective "lazy" is considered to be longe and so the comparative of this adjective is made by "more + adjective
+than” without the presence of the suffix.
Item 135, page 110.
578-E.
When the equality comparison "as ... as" is used in the presence of two verbs in the infinitive, the second verb will be
in the base form.
Item 136, page 111.
579- E
Fortunately, que significa “felizmente”, é um advérbio que expressa opinião.
580- A.
Quando usamos all com pronomes pessoais usamos a estrutura all of + us/you/them. O correto é: “All of us can
come tomorrow”.
581-A.
Depois de make + objeto, nós usamos infinitivo sem o ´´to``.
Item 335, pág 314.
582-B.
Antes de determinantes e pronomes, nós usamos MOST OF.
Item 356, pág 330.
583- E.
The word “back” with a verb, usually is used in order to return an idea already expressed. When the ver itself return
the idea already expressed, back is not used.
Page 78- Item 87/3.
584- C.
“Again” cannot go between the verb and the object.
Page 79 - Item 87/6.
585-A
Adj+ er.
Item 137, pág 113.
586-C
Artigo + adjetivo + -est.
Consoante+vogal + concoante = repete a letra e usa a regra
Item 137, pág 114.
587- E
In a more formal context, 'most' can be used, with adjectives that express the idea of approval and disapproval, to
mean 'very'. Note that only 'most' can be used for this function and not the superlative degree, so the contract form
of the adjective cannot be used.
Item 137, page 113.
588- E
Most comparisons are made from 'most' and 'more'. When they are not being compared to anything, there is no
need for the 'than'. In the alternative E, it expresses exactly that, but if there is the presence of 'more' it doesn’t
need that the adjective is in the contracted form with the suffix.
Item 138, page 115.
589- C
A estrutura for + noun/pronoun + infinitive é comum na língua inglesa e ela é usada quando o infinitivo precisa de
seu próprio sujeito. No Caso da Alternativa C, note que o sujeito do infinitivo é objeto da preposição for. Pronomes
objetos, portanto, são usados.
Correct form: Ann will be happy for them to help you.
Item - 291 Infinitives - (13) for … to … - page 266.
590-A.
For-structures não são normalmente usadas como objetos depois de verbos. por isso a alternativa A se compromete
quando usa o for após o need (verb)
Correct form: I need you to help me.
Item 291 (7) After verbs: Ask for … to … - Page 267.
591-A.
Se a If clause estiver no Simple Present a principal pode estar no Simple Present, future com conjunções.
592-A.
Para falar sobre situações improváveis, deve-se utilizar o Past Perfect + Would + infinitivo sem o to.
593-E
We cannot use "very" as a comparison, as in alternative E, instead of "very" we can use "much/ far/very much".
Item 140, page 117.
594-A
"All / any / none the + comparative" suggests the idea of 'even more', just what happens in the letter A.
Item 141, page 118.
595-B
Quando utiliza o more, em grau comparativo, não acrescenta a regra do –ier.
Item 138, pág 115.
596- E
Se usa “Than” após adjetivos de grau comparativo.
Item 139, pág 115.
597- D
Seria worst, não worse. Já que a estrutura está no superlativo.
Item 139, pág 115.
598-C
Usamos comparativo duas vezes quando queremos dizer que algo está mudando.
Item 139, 116.
599- E.
Despite the similarity in writing, both are used in different cases. Continual(ly) is used for context that expresses
things that occur, quickly, and often in an irritating way. And Continuous(ly) is used for contexts that express things
that occur continue without stopping.
Item 142, page 119.
600- E
Verbal contraction is not used when the sentence has 2 subjects.
Item 143, page 120.
601- D
Geralmente não usamos “the” em all day.
602- C
“All” geralmente não é usado antes de artigos indefinidos.
603- A.
Para se referir a situações do passado que não aconteceram, usa-se o Past Perfect na if-clause e o Would have +
particípio passado na outra parte da sentença.
Pág: 268; tópico 1.
604-A.
Geralmente usa-se o present tense com "If" para se referir ao futuro.
605-D
We usually use have (got)+to when we have a compromise, an obligation or to express certainty about something.
But we only use have+to (without got) to talk about repeated obligation.
606- B
Generally we don’t use the modal “could” to say that someone would make something in the past, in order to keep
that meaning, We can say “I managed to...”
607-C
A/b-Always, ever rarely, seldom e never geralmente não podem vir na frente da oração, no entanto always e never
podem vir na frente da oração quando essa for uma imperative clause (22.3)
C - Não usamos o simple future para se referir a uma situação futura em uma oração subordinada. Nesse caso,
usamos o simple present para referir-se a uma situação futura (215.2) (she’ll pay us back when she gets a job)
D- Usamos many para se referir a grande quantidade antes de substantivos contáveis no plural (357.1)
E) usamos much para se referir a substantivos incontáveis(357.1)- a maioria das palavras terminadas em -ics
sãoincontáveis (mathematics, physics, athletics)(524.3)
608- C
Para indicar proibição, podemos usar o must not (mustn’t) ou o cannot (can’t) (354.3.b)
Para indicar recomendações, usamos o should ou ought to (354.3.c)
Para indicar possibilidade, usamos o might ou o may (354.2)
609- E
Although both are in the contrast group of conjunctions, each expresses an idea. "On the contrary" is used to
contradict what was said before, to say that what was suggested is wrong or a lie. "On the other hand" is used to
show the other side of what was said, another perspective on the subject.
Item 144, page 122.
610-E
"control" is a false friend, since it means 'manage', 'direct' and not 'check' or 'inspect' which can be the meaning of
many phrases with 'control', just what happened in E.
Item - 145, page 123.
611- B
Estrutura correta: THE+ E. COMPARATIVA+ SUJEITO+ VERBO.
Item 139, pág 116.
612- E
Informal: Pronome Objetivo usado após “Than”.
Formal: Pronome Substantivo usado após do “Than”
Item 139, pág 116.
613- A.
Usa-se o Will após If em perguntas indiretas.
614- A.
A estrutura: If...was/were to, é utilizada com verbos: like be ou know, os quais para referir a situações contínuas
615-C.
Antes de substantivos próprios e pronomes nós sempre usamos “the whole of”, não “whole”. O correto é : “The
whole of Venice was under water”.
616- D
Quando “other” é usado com um substantivo, não tem forma de plural.
617- E
When we use the expression 'have difficulty (in) ... +ing’ it is necessary that the structure be in the singular.
Item 149,page 131.
618-E
With certain countless nouns, especially those that refer to human emotions, and thoughts, we use 'a / an' when we
want to limit your idea in the sentence.
Item 149, page 131.
619- B
-ies e “more”.
Item 140, pág 117.
620- A
All the + compaartivo= “even more” idea.
Item 141, pág 118.
621- A.
Again não é normalmente usado dessa forma como um verbo.
Pág 78, ítem 87.
622- B.
BECAUSE é uma conjunção e é usado antes de sujeito e verbo.
Pág 82, ítem 94.
623-GAB: D.
Verbo auxiliar é colocado antes do sujeito em If clauses informais. Geralmente com: were, had e Should.
624- A.
Utiliza-se "into" depois de verbos que sugerem mudança.
625- B
“The” não é usado após “amount/number of”.
626- A
Nós usamos a/an com substantivos contáveis no singular depois de “what”, em exclamações. O correto é: “What a
lovely dress! ”.
627- E
When the meaning expressed by 'country' is terrain without many constructions around, we cannot use it with any
determinant or use it in the plural.
Item 150, page 132.
628-E
When 'dare' is used to challenge someone or fight for something with someone, the structure used is 'dare you
infinitive with to', which is not the case in alternative E.
Item 151, page 133.
629- B
Número+ time+ comparativo.
Item 141, pág 118.
630- A
Than= substitui o pronome objetivo, substantivo e expressões adverbiais. Então não foi necessário o uso do “it”.
Item 141, pág 118.
631- E.
Todas as alternativas incorretas apresentam o sujeito depois do verbo. Em falas indiretas Utiliza-se o sujeito antes do
verbo e sem a colocação do auxiliar "do".
632-A.
"Know" é utilizado para falar sobre encontrar algo.
633-E
O correto é “Another”.
634-B
“Other” é um determinante ou pronome, ele não é usado exatamente como um adjetivo. Então normalmente não
pode ter um advérbio antes dele ou ser usado após um verbo de ligação (na alternativa ele está após “look”).
635- A.
Know não pode ser seguido por infinitivo, deve-se colocar o How to.
636-A.
"Know" não deve ser usado na forma progressiva.
637- E.
The correct one to use for the meaning of the phrase to be complete would be 'quite different', because in addition
to 'different' exercising a comparative function, this expression gives the idea of 'completely different'.
Item 155, page 137.
638- E
In speeches there is no possibility of inversion between subject and verb, which occurs in E.
Item 156, page 138.
639- D.
Interesting, boring etc shows exterior feeling about something. Interested, bored excited etc express the interior
feeling of someone.
640- C
The structure (as...much/many...as) means equality.
Page 110-item 135.
641-B
Depois de can e could, usamos o infinitivo sem “to”.
642- A.
Perguntas e frases negativas são feitas sem “do”.
643- E
To avoid this repetition of the verb and its complement, you can use 'do' in place of the verb to thus resume what
was said earlier without making this mistake.
Item 158, page 146.
644- E.
'do' cannot be used as an auxiliary when the sentence already has another verb that performs that same function.
Item 159, page 146.
645- A
Contrações geralmente não são escritas com assunto duplo.
Item 143, pág 120.
646- C
Contrações negativas não podem ser usadas no final de frases.
Item 143, pág 121.
647- A.
Deveria ser utilizado "few days/week" pq é esta a expressão que deve se utilizar com palavras em ordem com
expressões numéricas.
648-A.
As formas do verbo irregular "lie" são:
Infinitivo: to lie
Past: lay
Ing form: lying
Past participle: lain
649- E.
Não podemos usar “the” com superlativos quando nós comparamos a mesma pessoa ou coisa em diferentes
situações.
650- B.
“On the contrary” é usado para contradizer (dizer que o que foi dito ou sugerido não é verdade), o mais adequado
para alternativa é usar “on the other hand”.
651- E
Despite the similarity between 'making' and 'doing', each one has its own peculiarity and place of use. In the
alternative E, the correct thing would be 'do' because it is used when you do not know exactly what is being
done.'Make 'is used when the idea passed by the phrase is of construction, action, that is, when there is movement.
Item 160, page 147.
652- E.
'Do so' is used to refer to the same action, with the same subject, that was mentioned before. What does not
happen in alternative E.
Item 162, page 149.
653- A
A questão não é “contradizer”, e sim mostrar o outro lado da história, por isso se usaria “on the other hand”.
Item 144, pág 122.
654- B
São opostas como “alto e baixo”.
Item 144, pág 122.
655- D.
"Less of" e "fewer of" são utilizados antes de determinadores (Like, the, my, this) e pronomes. Devem seu utilizados
antes de substantivo sem as determinações.
656- A.
O let é seguido pelo objeto, mas não pode se colocar o infinitivo com to, deve ser sem.
657- C.
Substantivo contável e no singular.
Item 546, pág 538.
658- A.
O certo seria LIKES.
Ítem 546, pág 541.
659- A
We do not use the with superlatives when we compare the same person or thing in different situations.
Page 119- item 141/6.
660- D
When we use verbs after prepositions, we need to use - ing verbs.
661- C.
A opção esta incorreta por conta do pronome ''you'' não ter sido posto logo em seguida de ''How'', como deve ser
usado em frases de exclamação em que ''How'' estiver contido.
Page 227, Item 252.1.
662- B.
O uso do ''will'' nessa sentença está incorreto por conta da repetição de sentido provocada na frase após usá-lo. As
demais alternativas concordam o sentido entre si, respeitando o uso do ''if'' + presente, para referir-se ao futuro.
Page 236.
663- E
When we want to say that someone is or was wearing something in particular, we use "be dressed in '' and not 'be
dressed with' as in alternative E.
Item 164, page 150.
664- E
'due to / owing to' are similar to 'because of'. 'Due to' is more common but both can be used. 'Due to' can also come
after the verb 'be' in a sentence, whereas 'owing to' does not accept this type of structure.
Item 166, page 151.
665-C
Control= gerir ou direção não checar ou inspeção.
Item 145, pág 123.
666- A.
F-T-F-F-F
Item 146, pág 123.
667- A.
Life é contavel quando nos referirmos a vida particular. Portanto, há de haver o "a" ficando: ... a hard life.
668- A.
A palavra "like" como verbo, não aceita gerúndio.
669-B.
“Many” só pode ser usado com substantivos contáveis.
670-D.
“Do” não é usado com outro auxiliar ou com “be”. O correto é: “Can you tell me the time? ”
671- E.
'during' is used to say when something happened and 'for' the period, how long it happened.
Item 167, page 151.
672- E
Is used 'during' when we want to talk about an event, activity or experience and not a period of time.
Item 168, page 151.
673- A.
Líquidos são substantivos incontáveis, então não usam artigo ou numeral antecedendo.
Item 148, pág 128.
674- B.
Few e many = contáveis;
Litlle e much= incontáveis.
Item 148, pág 128.
675- B.
Difficulty with something (travel arrangements).
Page 427.
676- D.
When a wh-question is the object, the preposition comes at the end of the clause.
Page 434-452/2.
677- B
Item 148, pág 129.
678-A
Item 148, pág 130.
679- E.
"Each" can be followed by an object, be it direct or indirect, but it does not come at the end of the sentence.
Item 169,page 152.
680-E
'Each' and 'every' can often be used without much difference between the meanings. However, when we think of
people or things separately in a certain period, we prefer 'each' as used in alternative E.
Item 170,page 153.
681-A.
"Would like + infinitivo" é um modo educado de se dizer. "Do you like" não se encaixa no proposto.
682-A.
O "to" não é usado quando nós oferecemos uma escolha a alguém.
683- E.
Even though '-selves' and 'each other / one another' express similar ideas, there is a difference in their uses. In the
alternative E the correct one would be 'each other / one another' for the relationship between both to be confirmed.
Item 171,page 153.
684- E.
'Either +singular noun' is used to mean 'each other' of two, two things or people.
Item 174,page 155.
685- E.
Very= substantivo incontável, não usa “a”.
Item 149, pág 132.
686-B.
Substantivo incontável no plural, não se usa numeral ou artigo antes.
Item 149, pág 132.
687- D.
"Like" como preposição deve ser utilizado antes de um substantivo ou pronome para se falar sobre algo similar. O
correto da alternativa é: "He ran like the wind".
688- A.
Expressões começando com "as" são geralmente usadas para introduzir fatos conhecidos por todos. O substabtivo
deve vir depois de "as"
689-A.
Podemos usar “half” e “half of” antes de um substantivo com um determinante (artigo, possessivo ou
demonstrativo). Normalmente não podemos colocar “a” ou “the” antes de half (of) nesse caso.
690-B.
“Of” não é usado em expressões de medição e quantidade.
691- C.
In a question, the auxiliary verb comes before the subject.
692- A.
After the auxiliary “do”, we use infinitive verb.
693- E.
'elder' and 'older' usually cause confusion in their use. 'Elder' and 'eldest' can be used instead of 'older' and 'oldest'
to talk about the birth order of members of a family, or of a group. Both are used in an attributive way before nouns.
Item 176,page 156.
694- E.
To make the ellipse in a sentence, we need to be aware of its conditions so that the sentence is grammatically
correct. The ellipse does not normally occur after using conjunctions other than 'but', 'and' and 'or'. As in alternative
E.
Item 178,page 159.
695- D.
Dead-mmorto.
Died-morreu.
Item 153, pág 134.
696-A.
“A” é um determinante.
Item 154, pág 135.
697- C.
Depois de “verbo/substantivo/adjetivo + preposição” nós geralmente usamos “-ing” no verbo seguinte. O mais
correto é “He insisted on being paid at once”.
Item 454, page 437.
698- B.
Nós usamos o present perfect progressive, não o present progressive, para falar há quanto tempo algo está
acontecendo.
Item 458 (Tópico 7).
699- E.
'elder' and 'older' usually cause confusion in their use. 'Elder' and 'eldest' can be used instead of 'older' and 'oldest'
to talk about the birth order of members of a family, or of a group. Both are used in an attributive way before nouns.
Item 176,page 156.
700- E.
To make the ellipse in a sentence, we need to be aware of its conditions so that the sentence is grammatically
correct. The ellipse does not normally occur after using conjunctions other than 'but', 'and' and 'or'. As in alternative
E.
Item 178,page 159.
701-B.
OFé geralmente usado antes de pronomes.
Item 154, pág 136.
702-B.
Não se usa no e none, antes de of.
Item 154, pág 136.
703- B.
Quando o adjetivo é usado para descrever o objeto do verbo, deve ser usado: verb+object+adjective.
704- A.
Os determinantes: (a) little e (a) few são usados antes de substantivos e nunca depois do verbo be.
705-C.
Em frases onde o sujeito e o objeto são a mesma pessoa usamos pronomes reflexivos. O mais correto é: “I cut myself
shaving this morning”.
706- E.
Certos verbos, como shave, tem pronomes reflexivos em algumas línguas, mas não em Inglês. O mais correto é: “Do
you shave on Sundays? ”.
707- E
When we use the BF of verbs like 'be', 'would', 'will' and the auxiliary 'have' we cannot make an ellipse in an
important part of the sentence, like the subject, which allows us to have a greater understanding of the context. In
option E, the correct one would be 'I'll see you soon' or 'See you soon'.
Item 179,page 160.
708- E.
To avoid repetition, the noun can be omitted as long as it is after an adjective and its idea has already been
expressed before. In the alternative E, this cannot happen, since the rest of the context does not mention the idea
that would be expressed by the noun, then the correct thing would be. 'The most important thing ...'.
Item 180,page 161.
709- B.
Neither + substantivo = substantivo no singular;
Neither + of + substantivo = substantivo no plural;
Serve para neither, each, either e every.
Item 154, pág 136.
710-C.
“quite different” = completamente diferente.
Item 155, pág 137.
711- E.
'End' and 'finish' are verbs that have similar meanings and both can be used in certain contexts. However, 'finish' can
be followed by '-ing form' but 'end' does not.
Item 185, page 166.
712-E.
‘Enjoy’ in addition to being followed by - ing, as it is a sequential verb, it is usually followed by an object, just what is
missing in alternative E.
Item 186, page 167.
713- C.
Than= N. americano.
To= britânico.
Item 155, pág 137.
714- C.
Não se pode fazer a inversão de pronome com o verbo.
Item 156, pág 138.
715- A.
A forma comparativa de "for a long time" é (for) longer. A forma correta da alternativa é: I hope you'll stay longer
next time.
716- A.
Look no sentido de "parecer" deve ser seguido de adjetivos ou subtantivos.
717-B.
Costumamos usar “One” ao invés de repetir um substantivo contável no singular. Quando não temos um adjetivo
não usamos o “a” antes do “one”. A frase com um adjetivo ficaria assim: “I’m looking for a flat. I’d like a small one
with a garden”.
718- E.
Não usamos “one” para substantivos incontáveis.
719- D
I- little, sadly, never, scarcely são palavras de cunho negativo, logo a tag question deve estar na positiva (….is
there?)(487.4)
II- E III- a question tag para I am é aren’t I (488.1),no entanto a question tag para I am not é am I (487.2)
IV- Nós usamos they para referir-se a NOBODY, NOBODY EVERYBODY, Etc no tag question(488.5).
720-B.
(278.7) quando who/what/ which pergunta sobre um complemento, nós devemos usar apenas a ordem usual da
indirect SPEECH who/which/what + sujeito+ verbo (she asked me what the time was).
721-A.
The article 'the', which is considered a determinant of the english language, can be used to mean 'enough'.
Item 187, page 167.
722-E.
‘Especially’ means ‘above all’. And like other words, it has an order to be followed in the sentence: Come after the
subject.
Item 188, page 168.
723-C.
On the other hand= informal
On the one hand= formal
Item 157,pág 139.
724-E.
As with= conjunção comparativa.
Item 157, pág 139.
725-C.
Usamor “during”, não “in”, quando estamos falando sobre todo o período.
O mais correto é: “The shop is closed during the whole of August”.
Item 168, page 151.
726-E.
Nós usamos “during”, não “in”, quando estamos falando sobre um evento, atividade ou experiência. O mais correto
é: “He had some strange experiences during his military service”.
Item 168, page 151.
727-E.
When we report something that happened in a different occasion (time, place etc) we cannot use the words this,
now, today, here (it depends on circumstance).
728-C.
When we are reporting a question, the subject come before the verb.
Page 249-item276/1.
729-E.
'Even' can come at the beginning of the sentence, when referring to the previous subject.
Item 189,page 169.
730-E.
‘Eventual (ly) expresses‘ at the end ’, ‘ after that ’, different from what usually imagine, so it’s called a‘ false friend ’.
It does not express the idea of possibility, or ‘same as’, ‘for example. In the alternative E, the correct one would be
'might go ...' which expresses possibility.
Item 190,page 170.
731- E.
Conjunção contra-argumento = but.
Item 157, pág 140.
732- D.
Conjunção concessiva = certainly.
Item 157, pág 140.
733- A.
Usa-se "fetch" e não "look for" se nós conhecermos onde as coisas ou pessoas estão.
Pág 344; tópico: 4.
734- D.
"Of" deve ser utilizado depois das expressões (most, much, many) e antes de substantivos sem determinadores.
735- D.
“Less of” e “fewer of” são usados antes de determinantes (como the, my ou this) e pronomes. Porém, antes de
substantivos sem determinantes “of” não é usado.
736- B.
Quando “less” é seguido por objeto + infinitivo, o infinitivo é usado sem “to”. O mais correto é: “We usually let the
children stay up late on Saturdays”.
737- C.
Quite the opposite = on the contrary = contradição.
Item 157, pág 140 e 141.
738- E.
Weight é uma palavra aleatória que significa “peso”, todas as outras podem ser utilizadas para mudança de assunto.
Item 157, pág 141.
739- E.
In the natural sense of the word, ‘ever’ doesn’t mean ‘always’ but sometimes ‘ever’ can be used in a compound form
to express the idea of ‘always’ as ‘ever open ...’. But, in the alternative, the idea is wrong.
Item 191,page 170.
740- B
When the possessive pronoun refers to 'everybody / everyone', they can be followed by a plural or singular verb,
depending on the formality of the sentence. The correct would be 'their plates' because in the sentence the idea
transmitted is too much from a different person.
Item 193,page 171.
741- C
(449.1) congratulate/ congratulations on/for doing something
(449.1)Accuse somebody of something (not at)
(449.1) congratulate/ congratulations on something
(449.1)Afraid of (not by)
(449.1)Depend/ dependent on
Mas independent of
742- E.
(449.1) clever at (not in)
(449.1)Agree with a person, opinion or policy
(449.1)Agree on a matter for a decision
743- C.
Antes de “if” ou “whether” nós usamos “see” ou “look to see”, não “look”.
744- D.
Expressões como “plenty of” e “ a lot of” não são geralmente usadas antes de palavras para unidade de medida.
745- A.
Formal= to return to the previous point
Informal= as i was saying
Item 157, pág 141.
746- A
Todas as palvras são estruturais.
Item 157, pág 141 e 142.
747- C.
‘ Except (for) ’ is only used to talk about exceptions within generalizations. In the alternative the best would be
‘without’ or ‘but’.
Item 194,page 173.
748- D.
The structure of the exclamation is -‘how + adj / adv + subject + verb ’which was not used in the alternative.
Item 195,page 174.
749- D.
“Else” vem imediatamente após a palavra que o modifica. O mais correto é: “What else would you like? ”.
750- B.
Não há estrutura plural com “else”.
751- D.
In the alternative, the correct thing would be ‘... waiting for people ...’ Because ‘waiting’ suggests the idea of waiting
for someone until something happens.
Item 196,page 175.
752- C.
Despite the similarity between 'experience' and 'experiment' they have a difference in their uses. 'Experiment'
expresses the idea of a test that someone has passed and is usually used with the verb 'do'. 'Experience' expresses
the idea of something you lived through and is usually used with the verb 'have'. Precisely the mistake made in the
alternative.
Item 197,page 177.
753- A.
Moreover = formal.
Item 157, pág 142.
754- C.
Todasapesentam, menosaC.
e.g = por exemplo = função explicativa
Item 157, pág 142.
755- A
E,g = por exemplo (conjunção explicativa)
Item 157, pág 142 e 143.
756- C.
So e tehn=informal
Therefore e as a result = formal
Item 157, pág 143.
757- B.
After 'explain' we use 'to' before the indirect object.
Item 198,page 178.
758- C.
In affirmative phrases we prefer 'a long way' to 'far', even if both exercise the same idea.
Item 200,page 178.
759- A.
"a lot of" não deve ser usada antes de palavras que indicam medição (exemplos: pounds, years, miles). O correto da
alternativa é: It cost several pounds.
760- A.
Depois de make não se pode utilizar o verbo no infinitivo com to, deve ser sem to. Na forma do passado, pode.
761- D.
In the alternative, the correct one would be "further" because the idea expressed in the alternative is the relative
distance, that is, imaginary.
Item 201,page 180.
762- A.
'Feel' is used to talk about reactions and opinions, so it fits into the group of sensitive verbs which cannot be
conjugated in a progressive form.
Item 202,page 180.
763- C.
Expressam ideia de reforçar, clarear as ideias.
Item 157, pág 143.
764- C.
Tanto são usadas para clarear ideas, quanto para corrigir ou suavisar outra.
Item 157, pág 143 e 144.
765-C.
Em uma pergunta o verbo auxiliar normalmente vem antes do sujeito.
766- B.
Apenas o verbo auxiliar vem antes do sujeito, não a totalidade do verbo. O correto é: “Is your mother coming
tomorrow? ”
767-A.
Com: object + object complement, gera-se a expressão de fazer as pessoas serem bem-vindas e não se utiliza
make...be nesta estrutura.
768- A.
Quando se diz que um objeto veio de certo material, usa-se o "from" e não o "of"
769- C.
Well, you know, i don’t know, i mean = conjunções que amarram
Item 157, pág 144.
770- A.
Look, look here, after all = persuadir.
Item 157, pág 145.
771-E.
'From' or 'since' can be used to express 'right from the start', as long as the tense used in the sentence is Present
Perfect.
Item 208,page 184.
772- B.
The correct would be 'lastly' because within an enumeration, it introduces the last element.
Item 204,page 182.
773- B.
Advérbios de maneira servem para dizer como algo acontece, ou é feito. Não podemos confundir, por exemplo,
'happily' com ' happy', ou 'madly' com 'mad '.
Item 26, page 23.
774- C.
Alguns adjetivos que iniciam com 'a' são usados após o verbo de ligação. Neste caso, ao invés de escrevermos 'an
asleep baby', devemos escrever como 'an sleeping baby'.
Item 12 Page 8.
775- A.
May e might são verbos modais auxiliares, portanto não recebem -S na terceira pessoa do singular.
776- A.
Com os verbos modais, pergunta e frases negativas são feitas sem o "do".
777- E.
To sum up/ in conclusion/in short/briefly= conclui falas.
Item 157, pág 145.
778-D.
Ele apresenta 3 formas como verbo auxiliar.
Item 158, pág 146.
779- C.
'Fit' and 'suit', despite having the same concept, express different things. The correct one would be 'suit' because it
refers to colors and styles, while 'fit' refers to size and shape.
Item 206,page 183.
780- D.
The correct would be 'to have a drink ...', because 'for' is not used before verbs that express the idea of purposes
related to people.
Item 207,page 183.
781- B.
Numerais podem ser usados antes de determinantes. Porém, o uso de “of” é necessário. O mais correto é: “One of
my friends gave me this”.
782-E.
Depois de “be” números são usados como sujeito ou objeto, mas geralmente não como complemento.
783- D.
The correct one would be 'I've left ...' because when the sentence gives the idea of forgetting something
somewhere, we must use 'leave'.
Item 209, page 185.
784- A.
The correct one would be ‘was fun’ because it’s countless noun, used after ‘to be’ to say that something or someone
is funny or fun, that is, always adding a characteristic.
Item 210,page 185.
785- D.
A frase precisa de um verbo auxiliar para fazer perguntas interrogativas, como o Do, por exemplo.
Item 159, pág 178.
786- B.
O Do não pode ser usado com outros verbos auxiliares na mesma frase, seja ela afirmativa, interrogativa ou
negativa, mas pode ser usado com ele mesmo, com função de verbo.
Item 159, pág 147.
787- A.
Antes de objeto direto, "marry" e "divorced" devem ser usados sem preposição.
788- A.
Não se usa "may" e "might" para falar sobre regras leis, deve-se usar "can", "Could" ou "be allowed".
789- C.
Do= para atividades não indefinidas.
Item 160, pág 147.
790- C.
O verbo após o DO, não pode ter um objeto na estrutura.
Item 160, pág 148.
791- B.
In subordinate sentences to refer to the future using simple present, we use ‘shall / will + infinitive with TO’.
Item 211, page 186.
792- C.
The correct one would be ‘will ... family be ...’ because to give or ask about information from the future the structure
is ‘will / shall + infinitive’.
Item 212,page 187.
793- E.
Quando a expressão "I mean" introduz frases, isso é perto de dizer "I think" ou "I feel" mas ele NUNCA deve ser
seguido de that!
794- A.
"Mean" não pode vir na forma progressiva quando se referir a significado.
795-C.
Substantivos perdem seus artigos após o possessivo ‘s. O mais correto é: “America’s economic problems are getting
better.
796- E.
Usamos “a/an” com substantivos contáveis no singular em exclamações depois de “what”. O mais correto é: “What a
lovely dress! ”.
797- A.
Criar = make
Realizar = do
Item 160, pág 148.
798-D.
Quando DO for substituir o verbo, se usa a estrutura= Auxil. + do
Item 161, pág 148 e 149.
799-D.
To talk about plans, especially informally, we use ‘be going + infinitive with to’.
Item 213,page 188.
800- E.
In most cases 'present continuous' and 'going to' can be used to express the idea of the moment. However, they are
different, in the alternative the correct one would be 'going to tell him ... "because when we talk about decisions or
intensions, we give preference to' going to '.
Item 214, page 189.
801- B.
Independente de singular e plural, means sempre deve ser escrito desta forma
802- A.
Depois de mind, usamos a forma -ing ou objeto + -ing
803- C.
Depois de “as long as” usamos o tempo presente para expressar uma ideia futura. O mais correto é: “ I’ll remember
that day as long as i live”.
804- B.
Quando colocamos um verbo depois de “as well as" geralmente usamos o ” -ing".
Item 78 (Tópico 2), Page 70.
805- C.
The simple present is often used to express the idea of the future in subordinate clauses, that is, always after 'when,
what, where, if, until, than'.
Item 215,page 190.
806- B.
The use of 'going to' is preferred when there is external evidence in the sentence to prove what was said earlier, for
example 'dark clouds-rain'.
Item 216,page 191.
807- E.
A ação não é voltada a um único sujeito, por isso não se usa “do so”.
Item 162, pág 149.
808-E.
Geralmente é seguido por: if, that, we'll, weather
Item 163, pág 150.
809- D.
In indirect speech the subject comes before the verb.
810- A.
Say and tell are not used to report questions, but introduce the answers to questions.
Page 250-item276/4.
811- A.
"Miss" não pode ser usado apenas para dizer que alguém não tem algo.
812- A.
Não se pode colocar o - S na terceira pessoa do singular em verbos modais e não se deve colocar "to" em short
answers.
813- B.
Após would like, would prefer, would hate e would have, geralmente usamos o infinitivo. O mais correto é: “ I’d like
to tell you something”.
814- C.
“Instead of” geralmente não é seguido por infinitivo. O mais correto é: “I stayed in bed all day instead of going to
work”.
815- A.
Para dizer o que alguém estava vestindo numa ocasião especial, é usado a forma
= BE+ DRESSED + IN.
Item 164,pág 150.
816- E.
To be+ owing = não pode.
Item 166, pág 151.
817- C.
'will' is used when we speak of promises or threats, nonetheless simple present does not fit in this context.
Item 217, page 192.
818- D.
To talk about similar ideas in the past, we used 'will have ...' just the particle 'have' is missing from the alternative,
making the sentence grammatically wrong.
Item 218,page 193.
819- C.
Exclamações com “what” e substantivos contáveis seguem a seguinte estrutura:
What a/an (+ adjetivo) + substantivo contável
O mais correto é: “What a rude man! ”.
820-B.
Exclamações com “what” e substantivos incontáveis seguem a seguinte estrutura:
What (+ adjetivo) + substantivo incontável
O mais correto é: “What beautiful weather! ”.
821- E.
Adverbs cannot come between the verb and its object
Page 496 - Item 509/7.
822- D.
Both allow and permit have the same meaning. But only permit can be used on passive voice.
Page 35-item 42/1.
823- C.
For = tempo que aconteceu;
During = durante o acontecimento.
Item 167, pág 151.
824- D.
During = usado para caracterizar todo um periodo de tempo;
In = oposto do during, mas também enfatizando tempo.
Item 168, pág 151.
825- C.
Any is a determiner which suggests the idea of a indefinite number or amount of something but not a de definitive
number, amount.
Page 47-item 55/4.
826- C.
Before a determiner (definite article, demonstrative or possessive word) or pronoun, we use any of
Page 48-item 55/7.
827- E.
'Shall' can only replace 'will' in sentences where the subject is 'I' or 'We' as it will agree with the semantics of the
modal.
Item 219,page 195.
828- E.
To talk about something we hope to happen we must use the structure "will / shall + be + ... ing". In the alternative
the verb in continuous tense is missing.
Item 220, page 195.
829- C.
Advérbios de completude geralmente seguem todos os verbos auxiliares. O mais correto é: “I will have completely
finished by next June”.
830- B.
Quando advérbios vem antes de “not” eles podem vir antes do primeiro verbo auxiliar e sempre vem antes de “do”.
O mais correto é: “He probably does not know”.
831- B.
The perfect forms of 'going to' are possible to express the future in the past, that is, something that would happen in
the past, but as in all sentences, for this feeling to be expressed it is necessary to have continuity in verbal tense.
Item 221,page 196.
832- A.
Regarding the genres of the nouns, in most cases for things, animals and objects the associated personal pronoun is
"It" but, usually, for cars and ships "she" is used.
Item 222,page 196.
833- C.
Each seguido de singular.
Item 169, pág 152.
834- D.
Não é seguido no final de orações, apenas daquelas que indicam quantidade.
Item 169, pág 152.
835- C.
Preposições de lugar, não direção, são usadas após go/come... ing. O mais correto é: “I went swimming in the river”.
836- B.
Usamos “go” + “-ing” para falar sobre atividades em que as pessoas se locomovem, e que não tem começo ou fim
fixo. O mais correto é: “Did you go dancing last Saturday? ”
837- C.
Get + past participle" is used to form a passive structure but it isn't widely used in contexts that express action plans,
laws, that is, it isn't used in formal contexts.
Item 223, page 198.
838- A.
To use the get causative it is necessary to follow its structure and its correct verbal tense to give a better idea in the
sentence.
Item 224, page 200.
839- D.
Every 3 ou mais coisas;
Each 2 ou mais coisas (mãos).
Item 170, pág 153.
840- A.
Each- usado para coisas e pessoas, separadamente;
Every- usado como conjunto para coisas e pessoas.
Item 170, pág 153.
841- D.
Utiliza-se ‘the’ antes de ‘half’ quando o contexto nos diz qual metade é, ou seja, esteja entendível na frase. Antes de
substantivos utiliza se ‘of’ nesses casos.
Item 231,page 204.
842- C.
”Get” e “go” podem ser usados para ideia de movimento, porém há uma diferença entre eles. ‘Go’ é para dar a ideia
do movimento inteiro, desde a ida até a chegada. ‘Get’ dá mais ênfase na chegada.
Item 225,page 201.
843- C.
Em voz passiva se usa ‘s.
Item 171, pág 153 e 154.
844- A.
Northern/derivados= lugares indefinidos, amplos e vagos.
North/derivados= Lugares definidos.
Item 172, pág 154.
845- E.
The expression “in…time” is used to say how soon something will happen, not how long something takes
Page 75-item 82/6.
846- B.
We prefer use under when something is covered by what is over it.
Page 85-item 100.
847- C.
Possessivos não são usados com determinantes como the, a/an ou this. O mais correto é: “She’s lost her keys”.
848- D.
Se nós quisermos usar a/an ou this, that etc... com um possessivo, usamos o “... of mine”. O mais correto é: “A friend
of mine has just invited me to Italy”.
849- D.
Para substituir certos verbos pela estrutura “give+noun” é importante que esse substantivo seja derivado de um
verbo que expresse sons emitidos, principalmente pelos seres humanos. Como: tossir, espirrar, gargalhar, entre
outros.
Item 226, page 201.
850- E.
A estrutura ‘go/come...for’ é utilizada em determinadas situações: atividades de lazer, casuais, ou seja que não
ocorrem sempre, diferente da atividade citada.
Item 227,page 201.
851- A.
Belonging=northern....
Item 172, pág 154.
852- B.
Either + singular
Item 174, pág 155.
853- C.
Após um pronome possessivo no plural, normalmente não usamos um substantivo singular no sentido de "um para
cada". O mais correto é “The teacher told the children to open their books”.
854- E.
Não usamos artigo com “mine”. O mais correto é: “Can i borrow your keys? I can’t find mine”.
Item 442, page 418.
855- C.
We use either + singular noun to mean “one or the other” of two.
Page 155 - item174/1.
856- E.
The difference between end and finish is that end is often used to talk about physical shapes.
Page 166 - item 185/3.
857- E.
Somente preposições de lugar, como ‘in/at’ pode ser utilizada após ‘go/come...ing’.
Item 228,page 202.
858- A.
'Happen' pode ser utilizado para sugerir que algo aconteceu inesperadamente ou por acaso, desde que esteja
seguido de infinitivo com to.
Item 232,page 204.
859- E.
Elder = mais velho=usado para falar da ordem de aniversário, geralmente da familia= meu irmão mais velho.
Older = velho = mais velho que eu, comparação.
Item 176, pág 156.
860- C.
Acontece a repetição do que já foi dito, não a omissão.
Item 177, pág 156 e 157.
861- B.
Não se usa else em frases no plural.
862-D.
Usamos eventually para dizer que algo aconteceu depois de muito tempo ou muito esforço e não para dar notícias.
863- E.
Expressões como "Hardly, scarcely e no sooner", geralmente usadas em frases no Past Perfect, passam a ideia de
que alguma coisa aconteceu logo após outra situação.Com essas expressões é possível haver uma inversão na
ordem das palavras, onde o sujeito fica entre o verbo auxiliar e o verbo principal, e não após ambos como na frase.
Item 233,page 205.
864- C.
Como sabemos "have" possui uma extensa forma de utilização, uma delas é 'had to' sendo sinônimo de 'must',
expressando a ideia de obrigação. O que não é o caso apresentado na alternativa.
Item 234,page 205.
865- D.
Repetição do In.
Item 178, pág 159.
866- A.
Quando tem a repetição de verbos numa frase, geralmente é omitido o 1 para não ocorrer confusão.
Sentido correto “Cats and dogs catch mice”.
Item 178, pág 159.
867- D.
Não usamos one (s) imediatamente após my, your etc, some, several, (a) few, both ou um número. Porém, é usado
se houver um adjetivo. O mais correto é: “I bought some sweet ones today”.
868- B.
One (s) geralmente não é usado após modificadores de substantivos. O mais correto é: “Do you need coffe cups or
tea cups? ”
869- D.
Como 'have' funciona como auxiliar de tempo composto, como citado na alternativa, não há necessidade do auxiliar
'do' para fazer perguntas.
Item 235,page 206.
870- A.
Na estrutura de 'have + objeto' para expressar ações e experiências podemos fazer perguntas ou negação com o
auxiliar 'Do'. Então na alternativa o correto seria "Did you have a good holiday?", pois contrações do have nesses
contextos não são utilizados.
Item 236,page 206.
871- E.
No começo de frases que contém elipses, não podemos começar com suas formas atónas (be, will, would, have).
Item 179, pág 160.
872- D.
Em casos de elipse os verbos auxiliarem podem vir após os pronomes, excerto I e IT.
Item 179, pág 160.
873- A.
Usa-se “specifically” acompanhado com particípio passado quando tem o sentido de algo único para a proposta
Page 169 - item 188/4.
874- A.
Even acompanha verbo na maioria dos casos e fica no meio do período.
875- E.
“ One’s ” não pode ser usado sem um substantivo a seguir, em vez disso, usamos “own”. O mais correto é: “ It’s nice
to have a room of one’s own”.
Item 442, page 418.
876- C.
Quando falamos que preferimos uma atividade a outra o segundo termo é introduzido por “to” ou “rather than” +
“–ing”. O mais correto é: “I prefer riding to walking”.
Item 444, page 418.
877- D.
"Do" não é usado em perguntas e negações quando 'got' está junto ao 'have' na mesma frase. Então o correto seria
"...hasn't got...".
Item 237,page 207.
878- B.
A ideia expressa pela alternativa é de experiência, algo comum, porém a estrutura correta seria
"have+object+infinitive/...ing" para transmitir essa ideia a estrutura não pode ser "have+object+past participle".
Item 238,page 209.
879- E.
Em casos de elipse é necessário que um substantivo acompanhe o adjetivo para esclarecer a situação. (poor litlle
boy).
Item 180, pág 161.
880- A.
Não ocorre a omissão do (coat).
Item 180, pág 161.
881- E.
Para expressar obrigações diárias, como trabalhar, 'got' não é usado, o correto seria "I usually have to be at work at
eight.".
Item 239,page 210.
882- C.
O correto seria "...I heard a strange noise" pois o sentido expresso pela frase é de algum barulho chegando, ou seja,
involuntário, que é justamente o que significa.
Item 241,page 221.
883- E.
Após verbo auxiliar, usa-se “else” com sentido de “other”.
Item 183, pág 164.
884- D.
Other= singular.
Else= plural.
Item 183, pág 164.
885- B.
“Do” não é usado em perguntas e frases negativas com “got”. O mais correto é “Have you got a headache? ”
886- E.
“hear” é a palavra mais comum para dizer que algo “chega aos nossos ouvidos”. O mais correto é: “Suddenly i heard
a strange noise”.
887- D.
Verbos chamados de sensitivos podem ser seguidos por 'object+infinitive without to' ou 'object+ing form' e não
como está representado na alternativa.
Item 242,page 222.
888- B.
In negative phrases, the particle 'not' must come next to the verb after 'hope'. The correct one would be 'I hope she
doesn't wake up'.
Item 250,page 226.
889- C.
Para a conclusão de atividades é usado finish.
Item 185, pág 166.
890- A.
End não pode ser seguido de –ing.
Item 185, pág 166.
891- C.
Fun é um substantivo incontável e pode ser usado depois do verbo be para dizer que algo/alguém foi legal, divertido.
Funny é um adjetivo utilizado para dizer que algo te fez rir. Funny também pode ser usado para expressar algo
estranho, peculiar.
Page 185-item 210.
892- E.
O correto seria “I lay down…”. Porque o verbo “laid” (irregular) é transitivo, exige complemento (objeto) e tem
sentido de ser manter na horizontal.
893- D.
Como todos verbos auxiliares, Have faz perguntas e negações sem “do”. O mais correto é: “Have you heard the
news?”
Item 235 (Tópico 2) page 206.
894-C.
Não há formas progressivas do verbo auxiliar have. O mais correto é: “I haven’t seen her anywhere”.
Item 235 (Item 3), page 206.
895- B.
Enjoy = objeto.
Item 186, pág 167.
896- A.
Adjetivo e advérbios antecedem o enougth.
Item 187, pág 167.
897- A.
After 'help' we must use the 'object +infinitive' structure.
Item 244,page 223.
898-B.
Without the presence of article, defined or undefined, we can use the expression 'at home'.
Item 249,page 225.
899-A.
Here e there não podem ser utilizados como substantivo. Did you like that place?
900-D.
Quando usamos verbo sugerem mudança, geralmente esse verbo é acompanhado por into.
901- C.
'Here' and 'There' cannot be used as nouns, as expressed in the alternative.
Item 245,page 224.
902-E.
To talk about people, trees and buildings with many floors we use 'tall' and in other cases, as objects we use 'high'.
Item 246,page 224.
903- E.
Enough = suficiente
Enough of = chega de
Item 187, pág 167.
904- E.
Enough = suficiente (enough+adjetivo+substantivo).
Enough of = chega de.
Item 187, pág 167
905-D.
“In case” tem uma ideia de precaução enquanto “If” tem uma ideia de condição.
Page 245-item 271.
906-D.
Its é um pronome possessivo e “It’s” é a contratação de “It is”/“It has”
Page 286-item 305.
907-E.
To refer to the future with a conditional, we use the simple present.
Item 260, page 236.
908-E.
'How-clauses' are normally used as verb objects, like 'ask, tell ...'.
Item 252,page 226.
909- D.
That meat is not amount.
Item 187, pág 168.
910- D.
Enough+infinitivo.
Item 187, pág 168.
911- C.
To talk about situations that are unlikely or that are not real at the time we speak or in the future, we use the past
and 'would+ infinitive'. So, the correct one would be 'If I knew her name, I would tell you'.
Item 258, page 234.
912- A.
To talk about past situations that did not occur we used 'would have +past participle' in the main sentence.
Item 259,page 236.
913- B.
Quando “before” tem o sentido de “before that happens”, ele não pode ficar sozinho. Nesse caso seria …before
that…
Page 83-item 96/3.
914- A.
Antes de substantivo é utilizado such.
915- D.
To talk about the future, we use 0 conditional, that is, in the main sentence-simple present and the subordinate
sentence -simple present.
Item 257,page 234.
916- A.
Após expressões como "go to school", "go to work" utiliza-se a preposição "in" não "to", como mostrado na
alternativa.
Item 270, page 244.
917- B.
O correto seria "...was sick" pois "be+sick" significa vomitar.
Item 266,page 241.
918- C.
Em algumas situações podemos omitir "sujeito+ to be" depois da particula if desde que as expressões como "if
necessary" esteja presente na frase.
Item 261,page 237.
919- D.
Após had better, é utilizado infinitivo sem to
920- A.
Verbo de percepção acompanhado por infinitivo tem o sentido de ouvir todo o processo, nesse caso, da explosão.
Enquanto no gerúndio, tem o sentido de algo prestes a acontecer
921- D.
A preposição está errada na primeira frase, o correto seria "in the airmchair", pois "into" não faz essa função.
Item 269,page 243.
922- E.
A ordem das palavras está incorreta na frase, o certo seria 'Always Remember…'. Pois "never" e "always" quando no
imperativo devem estar no início da frase.
Item 268,page 242.
923- C.
"In case" e "If" são utilizados de maneiras diferentes em uma frase, podendo alterar totalmente contexto. Usamos
"If" para expressar que algo pode acontecer caso outra coisa aconteça, a relação de condição que conhecemos.
Usamos "in case" para expressar a ideia de fazer algo para prevenir que outro aconteça. Então o correto seria "...the
fire brigade If their houses..."
Item 271, page 245.
924- B.
"In spite of" não pode ser usado com 'that-clauses' como mostra a alternativa. Nesses casos, usamos "the fact that".
Item 272,page 246.
925- C.
"Actual" é um "falso cognato", que não tem haver com "now", "in the moment"...
Actual significa "real".
Item 11, page 7.
926- B.
"mere" é um adjetivo de intensidade (ênfase), que é usado somente antes do substantivo, portanto o correto seria:
"He's a mere child".
Item 12, page 8.
927- A.
Não é permitido a estrutura "too + adjetivo", na sentença, sem a/an.
Item 14, page 10.
928- A.
A ordem dos adjetivos se encontra errada. A maioria dos adjetivos que descrevem, seguem a seguinte ordem numa
sentença: Tamanho, idade, forma, cor, origem, material e então o substantivo. Corrigindo ficaria: A fat old lady.
Item 15, page 11.
929- C.
"Indeed" é usado em uma frase para enfatizar "Very" desde que o mesmo esteja acompanhado de um adjetivo ou
um advérbio.
Item 273,page 246.
930- D.
Em discursos indiretos temos 2 estruturas que podem ser utilizadas, porém ambas não podem ser usadas juntas em
uma mesma frase como mostra a alternativa.
Item 274,page 246.
931-E.
Em discursos indiretos algumas palavras se alteram, porém "would, could" quando passados para a forma indireta
nos se alteram, então o correto seria "...would be nice...we could meet.
Item 275, page 248.
932- A.
"Say" e "tell" não são utilizados para reportar questões no discurso indireto.
Item 276,page 249.
933- D.
Adjetivos de intensidade como "bloody" e "sheer" são usados somente antes de substantivo, o que elimina as
alternativas a e e; "Live" e "elder" também são adjetivos usados somente antes de substantivos, nesse caso deveria
serem usados respectivamente, alive e older, o que elimina as alternativas b e c.
Item 12, page 8.
934- B.
Quando há dois adjetivos em posição atributiva, anterior ao substantivo, não é comum que se use "and" entre eles.
Item 16, page 12.
935- B.
Após "said" não utilizamos infinitivos, o correto seria '...said that I mustn't...'.
Item 277,page 250.
936- C.
No discurso indireto, o 'past perfect' nem sempre é utilizado, especialmente se as relações de tempo são claras sem
a mudança do 'simple past' para o 'past perfect'.
Item 278,page 251.
937- D.
Como sabemos, após modal obrigatório o infinitivo, o qual também pode ser chamado de B.F.
Item 279,page 254.
938- A.
A negação do infinitivo é feita normalmente colocando "not" antes do infinitivo, o correto seria "Try not to be late.".
Item 280,page 255.
939- A.
Alguns verbos podem ser seguidos de ‘objeto+infinitivo sem to’ e um deles é o ‘let’.
Item 281,page 256.
940- C.
Após alguns verbos devemos utilizar apenas -ing, como o verbo “enjoy” posto na frase.
Item 282,page 257.
941- C.
Adjetivos como "Poor" e outros, são precedidos de "The", exceto alguns casos; Os demais não poderão retirar o
"The" da estrutura. Conferir o Item 16 para checar os demais adjetivos que obedecem à mesma estrutura.
Item 16, page 13.
942- C.
Não se é colocado Adjetivo + Complemento antes do substantivo, a não ser em raras exceções.
Item 19, page 15.
943- E.
Alguns verbos, como “want”, devem ser seguidos por ‘objeto+infinitivo’.
Item 283,page 258.
944- C.
O correto seria “Is this the first time that you have stayed here? ”. Pois as estruturas de superlativos podem ser
seguidas por infinitivos, e isso também é possível com “first, second, third, etc.”.
Item 284,page 259.
945-D.
Life é incontável para a vida no geral e contável para vida específica de alguém.
Page 304-item 324.
946-A.
Não é utilizado preposição antes de objeto direto.
947-D.
Os intensificadores so and such são usados em casos distintos
I) such (a) + substantivo (seguidos ou não de adjetivos)
II) so+ adjetivos (sem substantivo)
Obs: a b está incorreta, pois phenomena é plural de phenomenon e não podemos usar artigo indefinido antes de
substantivos no plural (65.1).
Item: 569.
948-A.
O quantitativo enough pode ser usado, geral, de duas maneiras:
I) enough + substantivo (seguidos ou não de adjetivo) (187.3)

II) adjetivo/advérbio + enough (187.1)
Obs: 1) enough of só pode ser usado se seguido de determinantes (ex.: i understand enough of the words in the
letter) (187.4)
2) a estrutura usual, em períodos compostos; após o enough é (for + objeto) + to infinitive (ex.: It’s late enough for
us to stop work) (187.6)
Item 187.
949- C.
Não colocamos advérbio entre um verbo e seu complemento. Palavras como ON, OFF e OUT podem se opor à regra
no caso do objeto ser um substantivo.
Item 21, page 16.
950- C.
Always, never, ever, rarely e seldom normalmente não podem ir na posição frontal (front position), exceto always e
never começando uma "imperative clause".
Item 22, page 17.
951- D.
Um substantivo poss ser seguidos por “infinitivo+preposição”.Outra estrutura possível é
“substantivo+preposições+whom/which+ infinitivo”, porém como pode se perceber a estrutura não é possível sem a
presença de uma preposição, como disposto na alternativa.
Item 285,page 260.
952- D.
Usa-se a forma passiva do infinitivo se a frase passar a ideia de pensar sobre a ação ou a pessoa/coisa que executou
a ação, como mostra na frase.
Item 287,page 263.
953- D.
Muitos verbos podem ser seguidos por dois objetos com é o caso do verbo send. Após esses verbos, duas estruturas
são possíveis:
Verbo + od + oi (com preposição) (I sent some flowers to my mother)
Verbo + oi (sem preposição) + od (I sent my mother some flowers)
OBS:
1) invertemos a ordem do sujeito e seu verbo auxiliar quando seguidos dos advérbios there e here. No entanto, isso
só acontece quando o sujeito for um substantivo e não um pronome (303.1)
2) Em frases exclamativas, podemos inverter a ordem do auxiliar com o sujeito (195.4/302.2)
3) quando há mais de um adjetivo qualificando um mesmo substantivo, seguimos a ordem: OPINION, SIZE, AGE,
SHAPE, COLOR, ORIGIN, MATERIAL, PURPOSE junto ao substantivo (15.2/15.3)
Item 610/ 509.
954- A.
Regência verbal
Congratulate/congratulations on something
Congratulation/ congratulations for doing something
(Get) married to someone
Dream of (imaginar, pensa)
Dream of/about (enquanto dorme)
Item: 449.
955- A.
“Mean” não é usado na forma progressiva (ing) quando se refere ao significado de algo
Page 322-item 349.
956- C.
No doubt é usado para uma suposição, hipótese. There’s no doubt é usado para afirmar algo, sem dúvidas
Page 352-item 377.
957- C.
Na presença de dois ou mais advérbios de modo, lugar e tempo na mesma sentença, a ordem imposta sobre eles é a
mesma citada anteriormente.
Item 23, page 19.
958- D.
Advérbios que vão antes do "not" em uma sentença, devem ir também, antes do primeiro auxiliar.
Item 24, page 21.
959- C.
Em uma frase considerada indireta, podemos usar o infinitivo após alguns pronomes (what; who; where...) porém
“why” não se encaixa. Importante lembrar que sempre que essa estrutura estiver presente o significado da frase
será de possibilidade ou de obrigação.
Item 286,page 262.
960- C.
Modais que podem ser seguidos por “perfect infinitive”, são could, might, ought, should, would e needn’t para
expressar situações falsas. Já “must” pode ser seguido por “perfect infinitive”, porém expressa incerteza.
Item 288,page 264.
961- B.
Nós podemos omitir o that após alguns reporting verbs como o to tell e to say
Obs: (a) não podemos usar os verbos to tell e to say para reportar uma pergunta. Devemos usar, nesse caso,o verbo
to ask(276.4)
(C)após o verbo to tell usamos um pronome objeto para retratar o objeto indireto que indica com quem está falando
(tell somebody something) (504.3)
(D e E) no discurso indireto, não há a necessidade da inversão do auxiliar com o sujeito para retratar uma pergunta
(276).
Item 274.6.
962- C.
Marry somebody (sem preposição)
Dream of (imaginar, pensar)
Dream of/about (enquanto dorme)
Suffer from
Pay for
Item: 449 (regência verbal).
963-C,
Em question tag o “to” não é usado. …oughtn’t we?
Page 375- item 403.
964-E.
Quando temos verbo transitivo indireto, não podemos ocultar a preposição; tanto na voz passiva quanto na ativa
965- C.
Nós usamos advérbios para modificar o verbo, então o correto seria substituir o "happy" por "happily".
Item 25, page 23.
966- A.
Não existe advérbio "friendly", o mesmo é um adjetivo, por isso não respeita as regras de advérbio.
Item 27, page 24.
967-D.
Para falarmos sobre propósitos pessoais, usamos infinitivos.
Item 289,page 264.
968- E.
Alguns verbos, como like podem ter uma frase no infinitivo exercendo função de objeto, então o correto seria ‘...like
to read...’.
Item 290,page 265.
969- A.
Here e there, advérbios, não podem exercer função de substantivo.
Page 224-item 245.
970- E.
Para se referir ao futuro, geralmente é utilizado if acompanhado de presente.
Page 236-item 260.
971- B.
"Afraid" é um dos adjetivos que, normalmente, não são usados antes do substantivo em uma posição atributiva.
Item 28, page 27.
972- C.
Para falar sobre algo futuro, usamos "After" com um tempo presente.
Item 30, page 28.
973- C.
A estrutura de “for” é normalmente usada como objetos após verbos. O correto seria “I need you to help me.”.
Item 291,page 266.
974- A.
Frases infinitivas podem ser usadas para dizer que alguém descobriu o fim de sua jornada, ou seja, o final de alguma
coisa.
Item 292,page 268.
975- E.
Em alguns casos, a forma -ing pode ser usada de uma maneira similar no infinitivo, porém com alguns verbos,
adjetivos ou substantivos. O correto seria “He suggested waiting”.
Item 293,page 269.
976-A.
Nessa alternativa, o correto seria “is reading”. Pois o gerúndio pode ser usado como substantivo, como sujeito ou
complementos de verbos.
Item 295,page 270.
977- C.
Estrutura do Parallel increase
Em ambas orações usamos a estrutura
THE + EXPRESSÃO COMPARATIVA + SUJEITO+ VERBO
EX: The more dangerous it is, the more I like it
Obs.: a) most = a maioria de não exige artigo definido (356)
B/e)não podemos usar very com comparativos, porém podemos usar far, much, a lot, lote, any e no (140.1)
D) usamos fewer para contáveis e less para incontáveis (320.1)
Item: 139.5
978-E.
A question tag terá sentido oposto à oração. Ou seja, se a oração for positiva, a tag será negativa e se a oração for
negativa a tag será positiva. Neste caso, orações, que contém expressões negativas como never, little, no, nobody,
hardly, scarcely e etc, são negativas e a question tag deve estar na positiva
Ex: There ’s little we can do about it, is there?
Obs.:A) em orações imperativas negativas, o question tag será “will you? “(448.2)
B) orações iniciadas com let’s (= let us) têm a tag com shall we? (488.3)
C) A question tag de I am é aren’t I (448.1)
D) regra geral do question tag (aux + suj)(487.2)
Item: 487.4 (question tag de orações com palavras negativas)
979-D.
Since é usado para mensurar algo do passado até o presente.
Page 185-item 208.
980-B.
Quando esquecemos algo em algum lugar, é utilizado leave ao invés de forget.
Page 185-item 209.
981-C.
"Ago" diz quanto tempo já se passou até o momento atual, já o "for" determina a duração.
Item 33, page 30.
982- A.
"all" se refere a 3 ou mais intens somente.
Item 35, page 30.
983-E.
Alguns verbos como, “dislike”, podem ser seguidos por ‘objeto+-ing’.
Item 296,page 271.
984-E.
”For+-ing” pode ser usado após substantivo, ou após pronome indefinido como ‘something’ ou ‘anything’, para
explicar o propósito de um objeto ou material, ou seja para que ele foi feito.
Item 297,page 273.
985- C.
REMEMBER+ -ING= para se referir a lembranças do passado (LEMBRAR DE ALGO QUE FOI FEITO)
REMEMBER+ TO INFINITIVE= para lembrar-se de algo para fazer (LEMBRAR DE FAZER ALGO)
Ex: please remember to put ou the cat before you go to bed
FORGET+ING = ESQUECER DE ALGO QUE FOI FEITO
FORGET+TO INFINITIVE = ESQUECER-SE DE FAZER ALGO
Item: 299.1.
986- D.
Nós podemos usar where e when no lugar de which e that quando vierem após substantivos referindo-se a tempo e
lugar. Na alternativa d wood=floresta
Obs: A) who e whom são pronomes relativos usados para se referir à pessoas. Which, para coisas (animais, lugares,
etc)(494.2)
B) what não funciona como pronome relativo, ou seja, não retorna termo (that é diferente de what) (497.1-2)
C) podemos substituir o which, who e whom pelo that, porém isso não é possível após preposição evírgula(495.3)
E) o pronome relativo whom tem função objeto. Ou seja , não pode vir acompanhado de verbo , mas sim de suj +
verbo (494.3)
Item:494.10
987- C.
Após preposição é obrigatório o uso de -ing, como mostrado na frase.
Item 298,page 273.
988- D.
Após o Verbo “remember” utilizamos a forma -ing, dando assim a ideia de retomar coisas que já foram realizadas.
Item 299,page 276.
989- E.
As wish+ (that) - clause estão no tempo mais passado que a situação.
Ex: situação: tomorrow is sunday (simple present)
Wish: I wish (that) tomorrow was Sunday (simple past)
Situação: you will stop smoking (will)
Wish: I wish (that) you would stop smoking (would)
Obs: Wish+ to infinitive= querer (630.1)
I wish to see the manager, please= I want to see…= I would like to see…
Were pode substituir was após o pronome I após o wish (630.4)
Item: 630.4 (wish clause).
990- E.
Não podemos contrair a partícula negativa not quando há a inversion
Ex: (Had you not refuse my invitation…= if you hadn’t my invitation…)
Obs: c/d) quando o verbo da if clause for should, were, had (verbos da 2ª ou 3ª condicional) podemos invertê-los
com o sujeito (302.6)
A/c) podemos usar o were no lugar de was quando acompanho do pronome I APÓS O IF (261.2, 259.4)
A/D)(MIXED CONDITIONAL-262.4) usamos a mixed conditional em duas situações:
1. 1)Para expressar situações hipotéticas ou improváveis do passado com o resultado no presente
IF + PAST PERFECT (3ªCONDICIONAL)———> WOULD/MIGHT/COULD (2ªCONDITIONAL)
2. 2)Para expressar situações hipotéticas ou improváveis no presente com resultado no passado
IF + SIMPLE PAST (2ª CONDITIONAL)————> WOULD/MIGHT/COULD+HAVE+PARTICÍPIO ( 3ªCONDITIONAL)
B) 3ª condicional (259.1)
Item: 302.6(contração/INVERSION)
991- C.
É possível a utilização da forma -ing como um adjetivo antes de um substantivo. Então, o correto seria “There is
growing anger...”.
Item 300,page 278.
992- E.
”Instead” não é usado sozinho como uma preposição, para tornar-se uma é necessário que a partícula “of” venha em
seguida.
Item 301,page 279.
993- C.
Não podemos usar "Every" com substantivos incontáveis.
Item 39, pagr 33.
994- A.
Geralmente "All" não é usado antes de artigos indefinidos.
Item 40, page 34.
995-A.
Nós podemos substituir o superlativo pelo comparativo quando o grupo for de duas pessoas apenas
Ex: I like Betty and Maud, but I think Maud’s the niceST of two
I like Betty and Maud, but I think Maud’s the niceR of two
Obs: B) não podemos usar of junto a expressões de lugares quando estão em oração comparativa. Neste caso,
usamos in(139.7)
C) most=very não funciona como superlativo, mas sim, quantitativo (137.5)
D)old é um adjetivo curto, logo a partícula de superioridade ficará junto a ele (the older i get…) (137.1/139.5)
E) para comparar duas pessoas usamos a estrutura comparativa, logo devemos usar o comparativo de superioridade
de good que é better (135.3/137.2)
Item: 139.3
996- C.
Alguns verbos têm dois objetos (um od e um oi).
Alguns desses verbos admitem a anteposição do objeto indireto (to buy, too give etc) e outros não (to suggest, to
explain, to describe etc)
Item:610.1-7.
997- C.
Podemos colocar o verbo auxiliar, diretamente, antes do sujeito em uma frase em diferentes estruturas. Em frases
exclamatívas, para que isso ocorra, o verbo auxiliar geralmente vem na negativa.
Item 302,page 279.
998-B.
Quando temos uma expressão adverbial de lugar ou direção no início da frase, o verbo é colocado antes do sujeito.
Essa estrutura é frequentemente usada com "there, here...". Então o correto seria "Here comes Freddy".
Item 303,page 281.
999-D.
D e E)Alguns advérbios de frequência podem ficar na posição inicial, porém alguns desses advérbios como always e
never não podem vir na posição inicial a não ser em orações imperativas ou quando há a inversão (acontece só com
adv. de cunho negativo).
Obs: apesar de haver um sujeito na alternativa d, a oração está no imperativo, visto que Mary funciona como um
vocativo (268.5)
A) não podemos colocar advérbio entre o verbo e o objeto (21.1)
B) Advérbio de tempo só pode ser colocado no início ou no final da oração (22.5, 23.2)
C) advérbio de tempo não pode estar na posição central (22.5, 23.2)
Item:22.3 E 268.5.
1000- E.
(Posição de preposição em relative clause)
Preposições podem vir antes do pronome relativo ou no final da relative clause
Ex.: He was respected by the people with that he worked
He was respected by the people that he worked with
Obs: A) who, whom são pronomes relativos usados para retratar pessoas, which coisas(494.2)
B) não podemos omitir o pronome relativo quando ele está na função de sujeito(495.4)
this is a book which/ that will interest children of all ages
C) não podemos substituir o which por that quando o pronome relativo vier acompanhado de preposição (498.7)
D)não podemos usar who com preposição (498.7)
Item: (498.7).
1001- C.
“No doubt” significa uma suposição, algo provável, mas não uma certeza.
Page 353-item 377.
1002- B.
Quando utilizamos o verbo “prefer” com o sentido de preferir uma atividade ao invés de outra, os verbos ficarão no
ing.
Page 418-item 444.
1003-C.
Very e Pretty podem ser usados com Nearly, mas não com Almost.
Item 43, page 35.
1004- C.
Com substantivos no plural e incontáveis, não usamos Other, é usado "More" para substituí-lo.
Item 54, page 45.
1005-C.
O correto seria "...its traditions" afinal, a função que deve ser exercida na frase é de um pronome possessivo.
Item 305,page 286.
1006- D.
O correto seria "It's time to buy..." pois a expressão "It's time" pode e deve ser seguida por infinitivo ou pelo sujeito
de alguma frase que tenha seu tempo verbal o passado.
Item 306,page 286.
1007- E.
Quando há um sentido de por quanto tempo algo estava acontecendo antes de uma ação no passado; é utilizado
past perfect continuous ao invés do past continuous. We had been walking…
1008- A.
Em se tratando de dois eventos dependentes que ocorreram no passado, usa-se o past simple em ambos os eventos.
Se forem independentes, é utilizado past perfect no que ocorreu primeiro. Once it stopped…
Page 398-item 424.
1009- E.
"Just now" significa 'no momento' ou 'algum momento atrás'. Quando utilizado em uma frase de present perfect ou
past, ele deve estar na 'mid-position', ou seja entre o verbo auxiliar e o verbo principal, seria "I've just now
realised...".
Item 307, page 287.
1010- C.
O Verbo “know” é seguido, muitas das vezes, por ‘objeto+infinitivo’ e mesmo na voz passiva, como mostra a frase,
isso não se altera.
Item 313, page 296.
1011- E.
”The last week” refere-se a um período de dias até o momento da fala.
Item 314, page 298.
1012- C.
O correto seria “...in a few days”, pois ‘in’ quando é usado junto a expressão dará o sentido de ‘logo após’.
Item 315, page 299.
1013- E.
O verbo irregular “lie” expressa ‘be down’, ‘be/become horizontal’.
Não possui um objeto. O correto seria “I lay down...”.
Item 316, page 299.
1014- B.
Antes de substantivos sem determinantes “of” não é usado.O correto seria “Eat less food...”.
Item 320, page 301.
1015- B.
Advice = substantivo incontável (148.3)
Advise = forma básica do verbo to advise( aconselhar ) (277.1 e 299.4)
Após o verbo modal, usamos o verbo na forma básica
Ex: I wouldn’t advise you to …
Item:
1016- A.
é possível a estrutura three, four …+ comparativo de superioridade .No entanto, twice e Half não é possível nessa
estrutura , mas sim na estrutura com comparativo de igualdade
Ex: she can walk twice as fa fast as you
Obs: b) /e) podemos usar much, by far, quite etc com superlativos (140.3)
D) após superlativo, nós não usamos o of com um substantivo no singular para referir-se a um lugar ou um grupo
Item: 141.3
1017- B.
Usamos in ou on para indicar posições
Usamos into ou onto para indica direção ou destinação
Ex:a moment later the ball was in the goal
The ball rolled slowly into the goal
Obs:
B) o verbo to cut pode ser seguido de in ou into(269.3)
C) nós usamos into para sugerir mudanças e , por isso, a regência do verbo translate é into (269.3)
D) nós usamos in ou on após sit down ou arrive (269.2)
Item: 269.1.
1018- C.
Estrutura do causativo sem agente: suj+have/get+ objeto + particípio passado do verbo
Ex: I’m going to get my hair cut this afternoon
I must get my watch repaired.
Obs :
A)/e) estrutura do cansativo com agente (238.1 e 224.2) :
-suj+get+agente+to infinitive+ objeto
-suj+have+agente+base form+ objeto
I’ll get the technician to fix my smartphone
João had his sister do his homework
B) outros verbos como o make que introduzem o causativo são seguidos da base form (335.1)
ex: My mother made me eat everything
Item: 224.3 e 238.2.
1019- A.
"Let" é seguido por 'object+infinitive without to',ou seja, B.F.O correto seria "let the children stay...".
Item 322, page 302.
1020- B.
Como sabemos, "let" pode gerar a idéia de sugestão e ordens, ou seja,utilizado como imperativo.E a negação deve
ser feita de forma similar a "let us not"/"Do not..." seguindo corretamente a ordem das palavras.Então, o correto
seria "Don't let us...".
Item 323, page 303.
1021- B.
Quando falamos a respeito de "life" no sentido geral,ou seja, nada específico, é considerado um substantivo
incontável.Então, o correto seria "...city life".
Item 324, page 304.
1022- E.
Para utilizarmos "like" seguido de infinitivo é necessário que o contexto da frase seja ou de escolhas ou hábitos,
como mostra a alternativa.
Item 325, page 304.
1023- C.
Rude to (não with)
Interest /interested in (não for )
Insist on (não to )
Increase in (não of)
Item: 449 regências.
1024- A.
Usamos make para expressões ligadas à construção ou a um processo criatório
ex: My father and I made a boat
Let’s make a plan
Obs:
B) (160.6) -expressões que levam com do : do good, do harm , do business , do one’s best, do a favor, do sport, do
exercise , do one’s hair, do one’s teeth, do one’s duty, do 50mph
- Expressões com make : make a journey, make an offer, make arrangements , make a suggestion, make a decision,
make an attempt, make an effort, make an excuse, make an exception, make a mistake, make a noise, make a phone
call, make money, make a profit, make a fortune, make love, make war, make fire, make progress
C) (160.2) usamos do para trabalhos
D) (160.1)Usamos do para uma atividade indefinida
Item: 160.4
1025- B.
Podemos usar "like" para dar exemplos, então o correto seria "..., like mathematics.".
Item 326, page 305.
1026- E.
O verbo "look" significa 'parecer' ou 'aparecer'. É considerado um 'link verb', ou seja um verbo de ligação, por isso
deve ser seguido por adjetivos ou substantivos.
Item 331, page 311.
1027- E.
"Likely" é um adjetivo que possui um significado similar ao de "probable". E quando esse adjetivo vem na estrutura
'be+(un)likely' deve ser seguido por infinitivo.
Item 327, page 307.
1028- E.
"Long" significa 'por um longo tempo' e sua forma comparativa é "(for) longer" ou seja, 'for' é opcional.O correto
seria "... (for)longer next time.
Item 330, page 310.
1029- E.
Alguns verbos, podem ser seguidos por adjetivos porém isso ocorre, somente, quando o contexto da frase está
realmente descrevendo o sujeito e não a ação expressa pelo verbo.
Item 328, page 307.
1030- C.
"Little" e "few" são considerados determinantes, e por esse motivo, sãonormalmente usados antes de substantivos,
mas não antes de verbos.
Item 329, page 308.
1031- A.
Apesar de serem similares na escrita, existe uma diferença entre "lose" e "loose".'Lose' é um verbo irregular, o qual
expressa 'perder'.'Loose' é um adjetivo, o qual é oposto de 'tight' que significa 'apertado/justo'.Então, o correto seria
"I must be losing...".
Item 332, page 312.
1032- C.
"A great deal of, a large amount of, a large number of".São utilizados da mesma maneira que "lot of" e "lots of", mas
são muito formais. "A great deal of" email "large amount" são geralmente usados com substantivos incontáveis.
Item 333, page 312.
1033- B.
Mesmo com a similaridade, há uma diferença entre "loudly" e "aloud".'Loudly" é usado como 'loud', para falar sobre
barulho.É oposto de "quietly". "Aloud" é usado com palavras 'read' e 'think', para dizer que palavras são faladas.
Item 334, page 313.
1034- C.
Em alguns caso, "make" pode ser seguido por pronomes reflexivos e pelo particípio.Essa estrutura é comum com os
verbos "understood" e "heard".
Item 335, page 314.

QuestõesSWAN13 08 21

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

QuestõesSWAN13 08 21

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

QUESTÕES SWAN

Prof. Sérgio Gama

2- Choose the alternative which the adverb expresses an exact point:

3- Choose the correct option:

4-Mark the incorrect alternative:

5- Select the expression (s) that has the preposition function:

6- Check the correct alternative:

7-Mark the incorrect Alternative:

9- Mary and jhon had a long talk _ brexit

11- Mark the opinion that completes the gap correctly.

13- Mark the incorrert alternative:

14- We've got little house_____the lake.

16- Mark the option that completes the gap incorrectly.

17- Mark the correct alternative about the relatives pronous:

18- Mark the incorrect alternative about the quantifiers:

19-Mark the incorrect alternative

20-Mark the incorrect alternative:

22- Choose the wrong alternative:

23- Choose the wrong alternative:

24- select the wrong alternative:

25- Select the alternative that adverbio focuses on the message:

26- Mark the alternative that completes the gap:

27- Choose the incorrect answer:

28-Choose the incorrect answer:

29-Choose the incorrect answer:

30- Mark the most correct alternative

31- Choose the incorrect alternative:

32- My new house isn't ___ finished.

33- Mark the incorrect Alternative:

34- Mark the right sentence below:

35- Select the correct sentence below:

37-Mark the alternative correct.

38-Mark the alternative incorrect.

39-Mark the alternative incorrect.

40- Mark the alternative incorrect:

41- Mark the incorrect alternative

42- Mark the incorrect alternative

43- Mark the incorrect alternative

44- Which sentence is correct?

46- Mark the correct alternative:

48- Choose the wrong alternative:

49- Mark the incorrect alternative

50- Mark the incorrect alternative:

51- Mark the correct alternative:

52- Which words only function as an adverb:

53- Mark the incorrect alternative:

54- Mark the incorrect alternative:

55- Choose the wrong alternative:

56- Choose the wrong alternative:

57- Mark the correct alternative:

58- Mark the correct alternative:

59- Which alternative is NOT correct?

60- Which sentence is correct?

61- Mark the alternative incorrect.

62- Mark the alternative that completes the gab correctly.

64- Chose the wrong alternative

65-Mark the incorrect alternative:

66-Mark the incorrect alternative:

67- Choose the wrong alternative:

68- Choose the wrong alternative:

69-Choose the incorrect answer:

70-Choose the incorrect answer:

71- What is the informal form of the word "afraid"?